From bc481107298791bf0efd984ecc53dc92b8719878 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Clyhtsuriva Date: Tue, 26 Jan 2021 18:26:26 +0100 Subject: Insertion du projet dans sa totalité MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- .../STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal.c | 674 ++ .../Src/stm32l0xx_hal_cortex.c | 415 ++ .../STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_dma.c | 885 +++ .../STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_exti.c | 559 ++ .../STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_flash.c | 769 +++ .../Src/stm32l0xx_hal_flash_ex.c | 1274 ++++ .../Src/stm32l0xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c | 521 ++ .../STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_gpio.c | 538 ++ .../STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_i2c.c | 6646 +++++++++++++++++++ .../Src/stm32l0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c | 337 + .../STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_pwr.c | 733 ++ .../Src/stm32l0xx_hal_pwr_ex.c | 184 + .../STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_rcc.c | 1504 +++++ .../Src/stm32l0xx_hal_rcc_ex.c | 1214 ++++ .../STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_tim.c | 6992 ++++++++++++++++++++ .../Src/stm32l0xx_hal_tim_ex.c | 427 ++ .../STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_uart.c | 4145 ++++++++++++ .../Src/stm32l0xx_hal_uart_ex.c | 834 +++ 18 files changed, 28651 insertions(+) create mode 100644 simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal.c create mode 100644 simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_cortex.c create mode 100644 simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_dma.c create mode 100644 simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_exti.c create mode 100644 simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_flash.c create mode 100644 simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_flash_ex.c create mode 100644 simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c create mode 100644 simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_gpio.c create mode 100644 simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_i2c.c create mode 100644 simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c create mode 100644 simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_pwr.c create mode 100644 simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_pwr_ex.c create mode 100644 simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_rcc.c create mode 100644 simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_rcc_ex.c create mode 100644 simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_tim.c create mode 100644 simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_tim_ex.c create mode 100644 simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_uart.c create mode 100644 simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_uart_ex.c (limited to 'simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src') diff --git a/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal.c b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c050e31 --- /dev/null +++ b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal.c @@ -0,0 +1,674 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l0xx_hal.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief HAL module driver. + * This is the common part of the HAL initialization + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be + used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL. + [..] + The HAL contains two APIs categories: + (+) Common HAL APIs + (+) Services HAL APIs + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved.

+ * + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_MODULE_ENABLED + +/** @addtogroup HAL + * @brief HAL module driver. + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Version HAL Version + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief STM32L0xx HAL Driver version number + */ +#define __STM32L0xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01U) /*!< [31:24] main version */ +#define __STM32L0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x0AU) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */ +#define __STM32L0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x04U) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */ +#define __STM32L0xx_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00U) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */ +#define __STM32L0xx_HAL_VERSION ((__STM32L0xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24U)\ + |(__STM32L0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16U)\ + |(__STM32L0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8U )\ + |(__STM32L0xx_HAL_VERSION_RC)) + +#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK (0x00000FFFU) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported variables --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Variables + * @{ + */ +__IO uint32_t uwTick; +uint32_t uwTickPrio = (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS); /* Invalid PRIO */ +HAL_TickFreqTypeDef uwTickFreq = HAL_TICK_FREQ_DEFAULT; /* 1KHz */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 + * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize the Flash interface, the NVIC allocation and initial clock + configuration. It initializes the source of time base also when timeout + is needed and the backup domain when enabled. + (+) De-initialize common part of the HAL. + (+) Configure the time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated + Tick interrupt priority. + (++) SysTick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user + can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose + timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base + duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and + handled in milliseconds basis. + (++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically + at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time + when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). + (++) Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular + time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a + peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority + (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller + ISR process will be blocked. + (++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak + to make override possible in case of other implementations in user file. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief This function configures the Flash prefetch, Flash preread and Buffer cache, + * Configures time base source, NVIC and Low level hardware + * @note This function is called at the beginning of program after reset and before + * the clock configuration + * @note The time base configuration is based on MSI clock when exiting from Reset. + * Once done, time base tick start incrementing. + * In the default implementation,Systick is used as source of time base. + * the tick variable is incremented each 1ms in its ISR. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Configure Buffer cache, Flash prefetch, Flash preread */ +#if (BUFFER_CACHE_DISABLE != 0) + __HAL_FLASH_BUFFER_CACHE_DISABLE(); +#endif /* BUFFER_CACHE_DISABLE */ + +#if (PREREAD_ENABLE != 0) + __HAL_FLASH_PREREAD_BUFFER_ENABLE(); +#endif /* PREREAD_ENABLE */ + +#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0) + __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE(); +#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */ + + /* Use SysTick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is MSI) */ + if (HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY) != HAL_OK) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_MspInit(); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief This function de-initializes common part of the HAL and stops the source + * of time base. + * @note This function is optional. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Reset of all peripherals */ + __HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET(); + + __HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET(); + + __HAL_RCC_AHB_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_AHB_RELEASE_RESET(); + + __HAL_RCC_IOP_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_IOP_RELEASE_RESET(); + + /* De-Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_MspDeInit(); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the MSP. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_MspInit(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the MSP. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief This function configures the source of the time base: + * The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated + * Tick interrupt priority. + * @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after + * reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). + * @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base. + * It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. + * Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process, + * The SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower) + * than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked. + * The function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementation in user file. + * @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority. + * @retval HAL status + */ +__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority) +{ + /* Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/ + if (HAL_SYSTICK_Config(SystemCoreClock / (1000U / uwTickFreq)) > 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */ + if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) + { + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U); + uwTickPrio = TickPriority; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 + * @brief HAL Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### HAL Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Provide a tick value in millisecond + (+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond + (+) Suspend the time base source interrupt + (+) Resume the time base source interrupt + (+) Get the HAL API driver version + (+) Get the device identifier + (+) Get the device revision identifier + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick" + * used as application time base. + * @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms + * in SysTick ISR. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IncTick(void) +{ + uwTick += uwTickFreq; +} + +/** + * @brief Provides a tick value in millisecond. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval tick value + */ +__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void) +{ + return uwTick; +} + +/** + * @brief This function returns a tick priority. + * @retval tick priority + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetTickPrio(void) +{ + return uwTickPrio; +} + +/** + * @brief Set new tick Freq. + * @retval Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SetTickFreq(HAL_TickFreqTypeDef Freq) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + HAL_TickFreqTypeDef prevTickFreq; + + assert_param(IS_TICKFREQ(Freq)); + + if (uwTickFreq != Freq) + { + /* Back up uwTickFreq frequency */ + prevTickFreq = uwTickFreq; + + /* Update uwTickFreq global variable used by HAL_InitTick() */ + uwTickFreq = Freq; + + /* Apply the new tick Freq */ + status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio); + + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Restore previous tick frequency */ + uwTickFreq = prevTickFreq; + } + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Return tick frequency. + * @retval tick period in Hz + */ +HAL_TickFreqTypeDef HAL_GetTickFreq(void) +{ + return uwTickFreq; +} + +/** + * @brief This function provides minimum delay (in milliseconds) based + * on variable incremented. + * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. + * It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick + * is incremented. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_Delay(uint32_t Delay) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + uint32_t wait = Delay; + + /* Add a freq to guarantee minimum wait */ + if (wait < HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + wait += (uint32_t)(uwTickFreq); + } + + while((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < wait) + { + } +} + +/** + * @brief Suspends the Tick increment. + * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is + * used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick() + * is called, the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment + * is suspended. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void) +{ + /* Disable SysTick Interrupt */ + SysTick->CTRL &= ~SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk; +} + +/** + * @brief Resumes the Tick increment. + * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is + * used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick() + * is called, the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment + * is resumed. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void) +{ + /* Enable SysTick Interrupt */ + SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the HAL revision + * @retval version: 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC) + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void) +{ + return __STM32L0xx_HAL_VERSION; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the device revision identifier. + * @retval Device revision identifier + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void) +{ + return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) >> 16U); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the device identifier. + * @retval Device identifier + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void) +{ + return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the first word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits) + * @retval Device identifier + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw0(void) +{ + return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)UID_BASE))); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the second word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits) + * @retval Device identifier + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw1(void) +{ + return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 0x04U)))); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the third word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits) + * @retval Device identifier + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw2(void) +{ + return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 0x14U)))); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 + * @brief HAL Debug functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### HAL Debug functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode + (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode + (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables the Debug Module during SLEEP mode + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void) +{ + SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the Debug Module during SLEEP mode + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the Debug Module during STOP mode + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void) +{ + SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the Debug Module during STOP mode + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the Debug Module during STANDBY mode + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void) +{ + SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the Debug Module during STANDBY mode + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable low power mode behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode. + * @param Periph: specifies the low power mode. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DBGMCU_SLEEP: Keep debugger connection during SLEEP mode + * @arg DBGMCU_STOP: Keep debugger connection during STOP mode + * @arg DBGMCU_STANDBY: Keep debugger connection during STANDBY mode + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_DBG_EnableLowPowerConfig(uint32_t Periph) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(Periph)); + + DBGMCU->CR |= Periph; + +} +/** + * @brief Disable low power mode behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode. + * @param Periph: specifies the low power mode. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DBGMCU_SLEEP: Keep debugger connection during SLEEP mode + * @arg DBGMCU_STOP: Keep debugger connection during STOP mode + * @arg DBGMCU_STANDBY: Keep debugger connection during STANDBY mode + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_DBG_DisableLowPowerConfig(uint32_t Periph) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(Periph)); + { + DBGMCU->CR &= ~Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group3 + * @brief HAL SYSCFG configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### HAL SYSCFG configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Return the boot mode + (+) Select the output of internal reference voltage (VREFINT) + (+) Lock/Unlock the SYSCFG VREF register values + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the boot mode as configured by user. + * @retval The boot mode as configured by user. The returned value can be one + * of the following values: + * - 0x00000000 : Boot is configured in Main Flash memory + * - 0x00000100 : Boot is configured in System Flash memory + * - 0x00000300 : Boot is configured in Embedded SRAM memory + */ +uint32_t HAL_SYSCFG_GetBootMode(void) +{ + return (SYSCFG->CFGR1 & SYSCFG_CFGR1_BOOT_MODE); +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the output of internal reference voltage (VREFINT). + * The VREFINT output can be routed to(PB0) or + * (PB1) or both. + * @param SYSCFG_Vrefint_OUTPUT: new state of the Vrefint output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_VREFINT_OUT_NONE + * @arg SYSCFG_VREFINT_OUT_PB0 + * @arg SYSCFG_VREFINT_OUT_PB1 + * @arg SYSCFG_VREFINT_OUT_PB0_PB1 + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFINT_OutputSelect(uint32_t SYSCFG_Vrefint_OUTPUT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFINT_OUT_SELECT(SYSCFG_Vrefint_OUTPUT)); + + /* Set the output Vrefint pin */ + SYSCFG->CFGR3 &= ~(SYSCFG_CFGR3_VREF_OUT); + SYSCFG->CFGR3 |= (uint32_t)(SYSCFG_Vrefint_OUTPUT); +} + +/** + * @brief Lock the SYSCFG VREF register values + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSCFG_Enable_Lock_VREFINT(void) +{ + /* Enable the LOCK by setting REF_LOCK bit in the CFGR3 register */ + SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR3, SYSCFG_CFGR3_REF_LOCK); +} + +/** + * @brief Unlock the overall SYSCFG VREF register values + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSCFG_Disable_Lock_VREFINT(void) +{ + /* Disable the LOCK by setting REF_LOCK bit in the CFGR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR3, SYSCFG_CFGR3_REF_LOCK); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* HAL_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ + diff --git a/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_cortex.c b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_cortex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..128cbad --- /dev/null +++ b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_cortex.c @@ -0,0 +1,415 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l0xx_hal_cortex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief CORTEX HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the CORTEX: + * + Initialization and Configuration functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + *** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver *** + =========================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ). + The Cortex M0+ exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions. + (#) Enable and Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels. + The priority can be 0..3. + + -@- Lower priority values gives higher priority. + -@- Priority Order: + (#@) Lowest priority. + (#@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQn position). + + (#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() + + (#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() + + [..] + *** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver *** + ======================================================== + [..] + Setup SysTick Timer for time base. + + (+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config()function calls the SysTick_Config() function which + is a CMSIS function that: + (++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter. + (++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x03). + (++) Resets the SysTick Counter register. + (++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK). + (++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt. + (++) Starts the SysTick Counter. + + (+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the function + HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the + HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig() function is defined + inside the stm32l0xx_hal_cortex.c file. + + (+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function + call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function. + + (+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula: + + Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s) + (++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function + (++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© Copyright(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved.

+ * + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED + +/** @addtogroup CORTEX + * @brief CORTEX HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + + +/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts + Systick functionalities + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the priority of an interrupt. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number . + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to stm32l0xx.h file) + * @param PreemptPriority The pre-emption priority for the IRQn channel. + * This parameter can be a value between 0 and 3. + * A lower priority value indicates a higher priority + * @param SubPriority the subpriority level for the IRQ channel. + * with stm32l0xx devices, this parameter is a dummy value and it is ignored, because + * no subpriority supported in Cortex M0+ based products. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority)); + NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn,PreemptPriority); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. + * @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig() + * function should be called before. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number . + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to stm32l0xx.h file) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Enable interrupt */ + NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number . + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to stm32l0xx.h file) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Disable interrupt */ + NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Initiate a system reset request to reset the MCU. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void) +{ + /* System Reset */ + NVIC_SystemReset(); +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the System Timer with interrupt enabled and start the System Tick Timer (SysTick) + * Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts. + * @param TicksNumb Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts. + * @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded. + * - 1 Function failed. + */ +uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb) +{ + return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Cortex control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX + (NVIC, SYSTICK) functionalities. + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Gets the priority of an interrupt. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l0xxxx.h)) + * @retval None + */ +uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */ + return NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to stm32l0xx.h file) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Set interrupt pending */ + NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Get Pending Interrupt (read the pending register in the NVIC + * and return the pending bit for the specified interrupt). + * @param IRQn External interrupt number . + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to stm32l0xx.h file) + * @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending. + * - 1 Interrupt status is pending. + */ +uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */ + return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Clear the pending bit of an external interrupt. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number . + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to stm32l0xx.h file) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Clear pending interrupt */ + NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn); +} + + +/** + * @brief Configure the SysTick clock source. + * @param CLKSource specifies the SysTick clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source. + * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource)); + if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK) + { + SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK; + } + else + { + SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle SYSTICK interrupt request. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void) +{ + HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(); +} + +/** + * @brief SYSTICK callback. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U) +/** + * @brief Disable the MPU. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_MPU_Disable(void) +{ + + /*Data Memory Barrier setup */ + __DMB(); + /* Disable the MPU */ + MPU->CTRL = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the MPU. + * @param MPU_Control Specifies the control mode of the MPU during hard fault, + * NMI, FAULTMASK and privileged access to the default memory + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE + * @arg MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI + * @arg MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT + * @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF + * @retval None + */ + +void HAL_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control) +{ + /* Enable the MPU */ + MPU->CTRL = MPU_Control | MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk; + /* Data Synchronization Barrier setup */ + __DSB(); + /* Instruction Synchronization Barrier setup */ + __ISB(); + +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize and configure the Region and the memory to be protected. + * @param MPU_Init Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the initialization and configuration information. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable)); + + /* Set the Region number */ + MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number; + + if ((MPU_Init->Enable) == MPU_REGION_ENABLE) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size)); + + /* Set the base adsress and set the 4 LSB to 0 */ + MPU->RBAR = (MPU_Init->BaseAddress) & 0xfffffff0U; + + /* Fill the field RASR */ + MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos); + } + else + { + MPU->RBAR = 0x00U; + MPU->RASR = 0x00U; + } +} +#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ + diff --git a/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_dma.c b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_dma.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..db289fa --- /dev/null +++ b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_dma.c @@ -0,0 +1,885 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l0xx_hal_dma.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief DMA HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral State and errors functions + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Channel + (except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is + necessary). + + (#) For a given Channel, program the required configuration through the following parameters: + Channel request, Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats, + Circular or Normal mode, Channel Priority level, Source and Destination Increment mode + using HAL_DMA_Init() function. + + (#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error + detection. + + (#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer + + -@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed. + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source + address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred + (+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this + case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application. + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() + (+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() + (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of + Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred. + In this case the DMA interrupt is configured + (+) Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine + (+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can + add his own function to register callbacks with HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback(). + + *** DMA HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of macros in DMA HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the specified DMA Channel. + (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the specified DMA Channel. + (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA Channel pending flags. + (+) __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA Channel pending flags. + (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA Channel interrupts. + (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA Channel interrupts. + (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA Channel interrupt has occurred or not. + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved.

+ * + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA DMA + * @brief DMA HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions DMA Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions DMA Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Channel source + and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction, + circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Channel priority value. + [..] + The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in + reference manual. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the DMA according to the specified + * parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + uint32_t tmp; + + /* Check the DMA handle allocation */ + if(hdma == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_REQUEST(hdma->Init.Request)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority)); + + /* Compute the channel index */ + /* Only one DMA: DMA1 */ + hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2; + hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1; + + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Get the CR register value */ + tmp = hdma->Instance->CCR; + + /* Clear PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC, DIR and MEM2MEM bits */ + tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_CCR_PL | DMA_CCR_MSIZE | DMA_CCR_PSIZE | + DMA_CCR_MINC | DMA_CCR_PINC | DMA_CCR_CIRC | + DMA_CCR_DIR | DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM)); + + /* Prepare the DMA Channel configuration */ + tmp |= hdma->Init.Direction | + hdma->Init.PeriphInc | hdma->Init.MemInc | + hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment | + hdma->Init.Mode | hdma->Init.Priority; + + /* Write to DMA Channel CR register */ + hdma->Instance->CCR = tmp; + + /* Set request selection */ + if(hdma->Init.Direction != DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY) + { + /* Write to DMA channel selection register */ + /* Reset request selection for DMA1 Channelx */ + DMA1_CSELR->CSELR &= ~(DMA_CSELR_C1S << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU)); + + /* Configure request selection for DMA1 Channelx */ + DMA1_CSELR->CSELR |= (uint32_t) (hdma->Init.Request << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU)); + } + + /* Initialise the error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Initialize the DMA state*/ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hdma->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the DMA peripheral. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + + /* Check the DMA handle allocation */ + if (NULL == hdma ) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance)); + + /* Disable the selected DMA Channelx */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + + /* Compute the channel index */ + /* DMA1 */ + hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2; + hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1; + + /* Reset DMA Channel control register */ + hdma->Instance->CCR = 0U; + + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU)); + + /* Reset DMA channel selection register */ + /* DMA1 */ + DMA1_CSELR->CSELR &= ~(DMA_CSELR_C1S << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU)); + + /* Clean callbacks */ + hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Initialise the error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Initialize the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions + * @brief Input and Output operation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer + (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and + Start DMA transfer with interrupt + (+) Abort DMA transfer + (+) Poll for transfer complete + (+) Handle DMA interrupt request + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Start the DMA Transfer. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address + * @param DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address + * @param DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdma); + + if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State) + { + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + + /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length & clear flags*/ + DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma); + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + status = HAL_BUSY; + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address + * @param DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address + * @param DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdma); + + if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State) + { + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + + /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length & clear flags*/ + DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength); + + /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */ + /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */ + if(NULL != hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback ) + { + /* Enable the Half transfer complete interrupt as well */ + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE)); + } + else + { + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT); + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE)); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma); + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + /* Remain BUSY */ + status = HAL_BUSY; + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort the DMA Transfer. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the DMA peripheral state */ + if(hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY) + { + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Disable DMA IT */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE)); + + /* Disable the channel */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU)); + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return status; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Aborts the DMA Transfer in Interrupt mode. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State) + { + /* no transfer ongoing */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Disable DMA IT */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE)); + + /* Disable the channel */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU)); + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + /* Call User Abort callback */ + if(hdma->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + hdma->XferAbortCallback(hdma); + } + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Polling for transfer complete. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param CompleteLevel Specifies the DMA level complete. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_LevelCompleteTypeDef CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t temp; + uint32_t tickstart; + + if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State) + { + /* no transfer ongoing */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER; + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Polling mode not supported in circular mode */ + if (0U != (hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC)) + { + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Get the level transfer complete flag */ + if (HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER == CompleteLevel) + { + /* Transfer Complete flag */ + temp = DMA_FLAG_TC1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU); + } + else + { + /* Half Transfer Complete flag */ + temp = DMA_FLAG_HT1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU); + } + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(0U == (hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR & temp)) + { + if((0U != (hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex& 0x1cU))))) + { + /* When a DMA transfer error occurs */ + /* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */ + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU)); + + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE; + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if(((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + + if(HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER == CompleteLevel) + { + /* Clear the transfer complete flag */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_FLAG_TC1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex& 0x1cU)); + + /* The selected Channelx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and + all transfers are complete) */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + } + else + { + /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_FLAG_HT1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU)); + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle DMA interrupt request. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + uint32_t flag_it = hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR; + uint32_t source_it = hdma->Instance->CCR; + + /* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/ + if ((0U != (flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_HT1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU)))) && (0U != (source_it & DMA_IT_HT))) + { + /* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */ + if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U) + { + /* Disable the half transfer interrupt */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT); + } + /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_ISR_HTIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU); + + /* DMA peripheral state is not updated in Half Transfer */ + /* but in Transfer Complete case */ + + if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL) + { + /* Half transfer callback */ + hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma); + } + } + + /* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/ + else if ((0U != (flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TC1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU)))) && (0U != (source_it & DMA_IT_TC))) + { + if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U) + { + /* Disable the transfer complete and error interrupt */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE | DMA_IT_TC); + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + } + /* Clear the transfer complete flag */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_TCIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU)); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL) + { + /* Transfer complete callback */ + hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma); + } + } + + /* Transfer Error Interrupt management **************************************/ + else if ((0U != (flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU)))) && (0U != (source_it & DMA_IT_TE))) + { + /* When a DMA transfer error occurs */ + /* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */ + /* Disable ALL DMA IT */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE)); + + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU)); + + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE; + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + if (hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL) + { + /* Transfer error callback */ + hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma); + } + } + else + { + /* Nothing To Do */ + } + return; +} + +/** + * @brief Register callbacks + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param CallbackID User Callback identifer + * a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter. + * @param pCallback pointer to private callbacsk function which has pointer to + * a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure as parameter. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (* pCallback)( DMA_HandleTypeDef * _hdma)) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdma); + + if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID: + hdma->XferErrorCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferAbortCallback = pCallback; + break; + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief UnRegister callbacks + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param CallbackID User Callback identifer + * a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_UnRegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdma); + + if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID: + hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_ALL_CB_ID: + hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + break; + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to + (+) Check the DMA state + (+) Get error code + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the DMA handle state. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Return DMA handle state */ + return hdma->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the DMA error code. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval DMA Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + return hdma->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the DMA Transfer parameter. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address + * @param DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address + * @param DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination + * @retval HAL status + */ +static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU)); + + /* Configure DMA Channel data length */ + hdma->Instance->CNDTR = DataLength; + + /* Memory to Peripheral */ + if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) + { + /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */ + hdma->Instance->CPAR = DstAddress; + + /* Configure DMA Channel source address */ + hdma->Instance->CMAR = SrcAddress; + } + /* Peripheral to Memory */ + else + { + /* Configure DMA Channel source address */ + hdma->Instance->CPAR = SrcAddress; + + /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */ + hdma->Instance->CMAR = DstAddress; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_exti.c b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_exti.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e08fb65 --- /dev/null +++ b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_exti.c @@ -0,0 +1,559 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l0xx_hal_exti.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief EXTI HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Extended Interrupts and events controller (EXTI) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### EXTI Peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) Each Exti line can be configured within this driver. + + (+) Exti line can be configured in 3 different modes + (++) Interrupt + (++) Event + (++) Both of them + + (+) Configurable Exti lines can be configured with 3 different triggers + (++) Rising + (++) Falling + (++) Both of them + + (+) When set in interrupt mode, configurable Exti lines have two different + interrupts pending registers which allow to distinguish which transition + occurs: + (++) Rising edge pending interrupt + (++) Falling + + (+) Exti lines 0 to 15 are linked to gpio pin number 0 to 15. Gpio port can + be selected through multiplexer. + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + + (#) Configure the EXTI line using HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine(). + (++) Choose the interrupt line number by setting "Line" member from + EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure. + (++) Configure the interrupt and/or event mode using "Mode" member from + EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure. + (++) For configurable lines, configure rising and/or falling trigger + "Trigger" member from EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure. + (++) For Exti lines linked to gpio, choose gpio port using "GPIOSel" + member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure. + + (#) Get current Exti configuration of a dedicated line using + HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine(). + (++) Provide exiting handle as parameter. + (++) Provide pointer on EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure as second parameter. + + (#) Clear Exti configuration of a dedicated line using HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine(). + (++) Provide exiting handle as parameter. + + (#) Register callback to treat Exti interrupts using HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback(). + (++) Provide exiting handle as first parameter. + (++) Provide which callback will be registered using one value from + EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef. + (++) Provide callback function pointer. + + (#) Get interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending(). + + (#) Clear interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending(). + + (#) Generate software interrupt using HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI(). + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© Copyright (c) 2019 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved.

+ * + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup EXTI + * @{ + */ +/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rule: + * Rule-18.1_b - Medium: Array `EXTICR' 1st subscript interval [0,7] may be out + * of bounds [0,3] in following API : + * HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine + * HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine + * HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine + */ + +#ifdef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Constants EXTI Private Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group1 + * @brief Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set configuration of a dedicated Exti line. + * @param hexti Exti handle. + * @param pExtiConfig Pointer on EXTI configuration to be set. + * @retval HAL Status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig) +{ + uint32_t regval; + uint32_t linepos; + uint32_t maskline; + + /* Check null pointer */ + if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(pExtiConfig->Line)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(pExtiConfig->Mode)); + + /* Assign line number to handle */ + hexti->Line = pExtiConfig->Line; + + /* Compute line mask */ + linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK); + maskline = (1uL << linepos); + + /* Configure triggers for configurable lines */ + if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u) + { + assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(pExtiConfig->Trigger)); + + /* Configure rising trigger */ + /* Mask or set line */ + if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) != 0x00u) + { + EXTI->RTSR |= maskline; + } + else + { + EXTI->RTSR &= ~maskline; + } + + /* Configure falling trigger */ + /* Mask or set line */ + if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) != 0x00u) + { + EXTI->FTSR |= maskline; + } + else + { + EXTI->FTSR &= ~maskline; + } + + + /* Configure gpio port selection in case of gpio exti line */ + if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO) + { + assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PORT(pExtiConfig->GPIOSel)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos)); + + regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u]; + regval &= ~(SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u))); + regval |= (pExtiConfig->GPIOSel << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u))); + SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval; + } + } + + /* Configure interrupt mode : read current mode */ + /* Mask or set line */ + if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT) != 0x00u) + { + EXTI->IMR |= maskline; + } + else + { + EXTI->IMR &= ~maskline; + } + + /* Configure event mode : read current mode */ + /* Mask or set line */ + if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_EVENT) != 0x00u) + { + EXTI->EMR |= maskline; + } + else + { + EXTI->EMR &= ~maskline; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Get configuration of a dedicated Exti line. + * @param hexti Exti handle. + * @param pExtiConfig Pointer on structure to store Exti configuration. + * @retval HAL Status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig) +{ + uint32_t regval; + uint32_t linepos; + uint32_t maskline; + + /* Check null pointer */ + if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line)); + + /* Store handle line number to configuration structure */ + pExtiConfig->Line = hexti->Line; + + /* Compute line mask */ + linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK); + maskline = (1uL << linepos); + + /* 1] Get core mode : interrupt */ + + /* Check if selected line is enable */ + if ((EXTI->IMR & maskline) != 0x00u) + { + pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT; + } + else + { + pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_NONE; + } + + /* Get event mode */ + /* Check if selected line is enable */ + if ((EXTI->EMR & maskline) != 0x00u) + { + pExtiConfig->Mode |= EXTI_MODE_EVENT; + } + + /* 2] Get trigger for configurable lines : rising */ + if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u) + { + /* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */ + if ((EXTI->RTSR & maskline) != 0x00u) + { + pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING; + } + else + { + pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE; + } + + /* Get falling configuration */ + /* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */ + if ((EXTI->FTSR & maskline) != 0x00u) + { + pExtiConfig->Trigger |= EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING; + } + + /* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */ + if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO) + { + assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos)); + + regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u]; + pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = ((regval << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (3uL - (linepos & 0x03u)))) >> 24); + } + else + { + pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u; + } + } + else + { + /* No Trigger selected */ + pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE; + pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Clear whole configuration of a dedicated Exti line. + * @param hexti Exti handle. + * @retval HAL Status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti) +{ + uint32_t regval; + uint32_t linepos; + uint32_t maskline; + + /* Check null pointer */ + if (hexti == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line)); + + /* compute line mask */ + linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK); + maskline = (1uL << linepos); + + /* 1] Clear interrupt mode */ + EXTI->IMR = (EXTI->IMR & ~maskline); + + /* 2] Clear event mode */ + EXTI->EMR = (EXTI->EMR & ~maskline); + + /* 3] Clear triggers in case of configurable lines */ + if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u) + { + EXTI->RTSR = (EXTI->RTSR & ~maskline); + EXTI->FTSR = (EXTI->FTSR & ~maskline); + + /* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */ + if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO) + { + assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos)); + + regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u]; + regval &= ~(SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u))); + SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval; + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Register callback for a dedicated Exti line. + * @param hexti Exti handle. + * @param CallbackID User callback identifier. + * This parameter can be one of @arg @ref EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef values. + * @param pPendingCbfn function pointer to be stored as callback. + * @retval HAL Status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (*pPendingCbfn)(void)) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_EXTI_COMMON_CB_ID: + hexti->PendingCallback = pPendingCbfn; + break; + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Store line number as handle private field. + * @param hexti Exti handle. + * @param ExtiLine Exti line number. + * This parameter can be from 0 to @ref EXTI_LINE_NB. + * @retval HAL Status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetHandle(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t ExtiLine) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(ExtiLine)); + + /* Check null pointer */ + if (hexti == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Store line number as handle private field */ + hexti->Line = ExtiLine; + + return HAL_OK; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group2 + * @brief EXTI IO functions. + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Handle EXTI interrupt request. + * @param hexti Exti handle. + * @retval none. + */ +void HAL_EXTI_IRQHandler(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti) +{ + uint32_t regval; + uint32_t maskline; + + /* Compute line mask */ + maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK)); + + /* Get pending bit */ + regval = (EXTI->PR & maskline); + if (regval != 0x00u) + { + /* Clear pending bit */ + EXTI->PR = maskline; + + /* Call callback */ + if (hexti->PendingCallback != NULL) + { + hexti->PendingCallback(); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Get interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line. + * @param hexti Exti handle. + * @param Edge Specify which pending edge as to be checked. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING + * This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series. + * @retval 1 if interrupt is pending else 0. + */ +uint32_t HAL_EXTI_GetPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge) +{ + uint32_t regval; + uint32_t linepos; + uint32_t maskline; + + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge)); + + /* Compute line mask */ + linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK); + maskline = (1uL << linepos); + + /* return 1 if bit is set else 0 */ + regval = ((EXTI->PR & maskline) >> linepos); + return regval; +} + +/** + * @brief Clear interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line. + * @param hexti Exti handle. + * @param Edge Specify which pending edge as to be clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING + * This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series. + * @retval None. + */ +void HAL_EXTI_ClearPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge) +{ + uint32_t maskline; + + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge)); + + /* Compute line mask */ + maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK)); + + /* Clear Pending bit */ + EXTI->PR = maskline; +} + +/** + * @brief Generate a software interrupt for a dedicated line. + * @param hexti Exti handle. + * @retval None. + */ +void HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti) +{ + uint32_t maskline; + + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line)); + + /* Compute line mask */ + maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK)); + + /* Generate Software interrupt */ + EXTI->SWIER = maskline; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_flash.c b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_flash.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1905425 --- /dev/null +++ b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_flash.c @@ -0,0 +1,769 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l0xx_hal_flash.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief FLASH HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the internal FLASH memory: + * + Program operations functions + * + Memory Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### FLASH peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses + to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations + and the read and write protection mechanisms. + + [..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction + prefetch. + + [..] The FLASH main features are: + (+) Flash memory read operations + (+) Flash memory program/erase operations + (+) Read / write protections + (+) Prefetch on I-Code + (+) Option Bytes programming + + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH + memory of all STM32L0xx devices. + + (#) FLASH Memory I/O Programming functions: this group includes all needed + functions to erase and program the main memory: + (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface + (++) Erase function: Erase page + (++) Program functions: Fast Word and Half Page(should be + executed from internal SRAM). + + (#) DATA EEPROM Programming functions: this group includes all + needed functions to erase and program the DATA EEPROM memory: + (++) Lock and Unlock the DATA EEPROM interface. + (++) Erase function: Erase Byte, erase HalfWord, erase Word, erase + Double Word (should be executed from internal SRAM). + (++) Program functions: Fast Program Byte, Fast Program Half-Word, + FastProgramWord, Program Byte, Program Half-Word, + Program Word and Program Double-Word (should be executed + from internal SRAM). + + (#) FLASH Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all needed + functions to manage the Option Bytes: + (++) Lock and Unlock the Option Bytes + (++) Set/Reset the write protection + (++) Set the Read protection Level + (++) Program the user Option Bytes + (++) Launch the Option Bytes loader + (++) Set/Get the Read protection Level. + (++) Set/Get the BOR level. + (++) Get the Write protection. + (++) Get the user option bytes. + + (#) Interrupts and flags management functions : this group + includes all needed functions to: + (++) Handle FLASH interrupts + (++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status + (++) Get error flag status + + (#) FLASH Interface configuration functions: this group includes + the management of following features: + (++) Enable/Disable the RUN PowerDown mode. + (++) Enable/Disable the SLEEP PowerDown mode. + + (#) FLASH Peripheral State methods: this group includes + the management of following features: + (++) Wait for the FLASH operation + (++) Get the specific FLASH error flag + + [..] In addition to these function, this driver includes a set of macros allowing + to handle the following operations: + + (+) Set/Get the latency + (+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer + (+) Enable/Disable the preread buffer + (+) Enable/Disable the Flash power-down + (+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts + (+) Monitor the FLASH flags status + + ##### Programming operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH + program operations. + + [..] The FLASH Memory Programming functions, includes the following functions: + (+) HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void); + (+) HAL_FLASH_Lock(void); + (+) HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) + (+) HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) + + [..] Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps: + (#) Call the HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function to enable the flash control register and + program memory access. + (#) Call the desired function to erase page or program data. + (#) Call the HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash program memory access + (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation). + + ##### Option Bytes Programming functions ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] The FLASH_Option Bytes Programming_functions, includes the following functions: + (+) HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void); + (+) HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void); + (+) HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void); + (+) HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit); + (+) HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit); + + [..] Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps: + (#) Call the HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function to enable the Flash option control + register access. + (#) Call the following functions to program the desired option bytes. + (++) HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit); + (#) Once all needed option bytes to be programmed are correctly written, call the + HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void) function to launch the Option Bytes programming process. + (#) Call the HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock() to disable the Flash option control register access (recommended + to protect the option Bytes against possible unwanted operations). + + [..] Proprietary code Read Out Protection (PcROP): + (#) The PcROP sector is selected by using the same option bytes as the Write + protection. As a result, these 2 options are exclusive each other. + (#) To activate PCROP mode for Flash sectors(s), you need to follow the sequence below: + (++) Use this function HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram with PCROPState = OB_PCROP_STATE_ENABLE. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved.

+ * + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED + +/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH + * @brief FLASH HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Constants FLASH Private Constants + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro ---------------------------- ---------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Macros FLASH Private Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables + * @{ + */ +/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/ +FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash; +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void); +extern void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions + * @brief Programming operation functions + * +@verbatim +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Program word at a specified address + * @note To correctly run this function, the HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * Call the HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation). + * + * @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program + * @param Address Specifie the address to be programmed. + * @param Data Specifie the data to be programmed + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /*Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/ + *(__IO uint32_t *)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Program word at a specified address with interrupt enabled. + * + * @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program + * @param Address Specifie the address to be programmed. + * @param Data Specifie the data to be programmed + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ + __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR); + + pFlash.Address = Address; + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM; + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD) + { + /* Program word (32-bit) at a specified address. */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)Address = Data; + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void) +{ + uint32_t addresstmp = 0; + + /* Check FLASH operation error flags */ + + /* WARNING : On the first cut of STM32L031xx and STM32L041xx devices, + * (RefID = 0x1000) the FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR bit was not behaving + * as expected. If the user run an application using the first + * cut of the STM32L031xx device or the first cut of the STM32L041xx + * device, the check on the FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR bit should be ignored. + * + * Note :The revId of the device can be retrieved via the HAL_GetREVID() + * function. + * + */ + + if( __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_RDERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_FWWERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_NOTZEROERR) ) + { + if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE) + { + /* Return the faulty sector */ + addresstmp = pFlash.Page; + pFlash.Page = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + } + else + { + /* Return the faulty address */ + addresstmp = pFlash.Address; + } + /* Save the Error code */ + FLASH_SetErrorCode(); + + /* FLASH error interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(addresstmp); + + /* Stop the procedure ongoing */ + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + } + + /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */ + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP)) + { + /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP); + + /* Process can continue only if no error detected */ + if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE) + { + if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE) + { + /* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */ + pFlash.NbPagesToErase--; + + /* Check if there are still pages to erase */ + if(pFlash.NbPagesToErase != 0U) + { + addresstmp = pFlash.Page; + /*Indicate user which sector has been erased */ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp); + + /*Increment sector number*/ + addresstmp = pFlash.Page + FLASH_PAGE_SIZE; + pFlash.Page = addresstmp; + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the ERASE Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_ERASE); + + FLASH_PageErase(addresstmp); + } + else + { + /* No more pages to Erase, user callback can be called. */ + /* Reset Sector and stop Erase pages procedure */ + pFlash.Page = addresstmp = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp); + } + } + else + { + /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PROG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PROG); + + /* Program ended. Return the selected address */ + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address); + + /* Reset Address and stop Program procedure */ + pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + } + } + } + + + if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE) + { + /* Operation is completed, disable the PROG and ERASE */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, (FLASH_PECR_ERASE | FLASH_PECR_PROG)); + + /* Disable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ + __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + } +} + +/** + * @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback + * @param ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure + * - Pages Erase: Address of the page which has been erased + * (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected pages have been erased) + * - Program: Address which was selected for data program + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(ReturnValue); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback + * @param ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure + * - Pages Erase: Address of the page which returned an error + * - Program: Address which was selected for data program + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(ReturnValue); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH + memory operations. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void) +{ + uint32_t primask_bit; + + /* Unlocking FLASH_PECR register access*/ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PELOCK)) + { + /* Disable interrupts to avoid any interruption during unlock sequence */ + primask_bit = __get_PRIMASK(); + __disable_irq(); + + WRITE_REG(FLASH->PEKEYR, FLASH_PEKEY1); + WRITE_REG(FLASH->PEKEYR, FLASH_PEKEY2); + + /* Re-enable the interrupts: restore previous priority mask */ + __set_PRIMASK(primask_bit); + + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PELOCK)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PRGLOCK)) + { + /* Disable interrupts to avoid any interruption during unlock sequence */ + primask_bit = __get_PRIMASK(); + __disable_irq(); + + /* Unlocking the program memory access */ + WRITE_REG(FLASH->PRGKEYR, FLASH_PRGKEY1); + WRITE_REG(FLASH->PRGKEYR, FLASH_PRGKEY2); + + /* Re-enable the interrupts: restore previous priority mask */ + __set_PRIMASK(primask_bit); + + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PRGLOCK)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Locks the FLASH control register access + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void) +{ + /* Set the PRGLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PRGLOCK); + + /* Set the PELOCK Bit to lock the PECR Register access */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PELOCK); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void) +{ + uint32_t primask_bit; + + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_OPTLOCK)) + { + /* Disable interrupts to avoid any interruption during unlock sequence */ + primask_bit = __get_PRIMASK(); + __disable_irq(); + + /* Unlocking FLASH_PECR register access*/ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PELOCK)) + { + /* Unlocking FLASH_PECR register access*/ + WRITE_REG(FLASH->PEKEYR, FLASH_PEKEY1); + WRITE_REG(FLASH->PEKEYR, FLASH_PEKEY2); + } + + /* Unlocking the option bytes block access */ + WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1); + WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2); + + /* Re-enable the interrupts: restore previous priority mask */ + __set_PRIMASK(primask_bit); + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void) +{ + /* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the option bytes block access */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_OPTLOCK); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Launch the option byte loading. + * @note This function will reset automatically the MCU. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void) +{ + /* Set the OBL_Launch bit to launch the option byte loading */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_OBL_LAUNCH); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + return(FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral errors functions + * @brief Peripheral errors functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permit to get in run-time errors of the FLASH peripheral. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag. + * @retval FLASH_ErrorCode The returned value can be: + * @ref FLASH_Error_Codes + */ +uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void) +{ + return pFlash.ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete. + * @param Timeout maximum flash operation timeout + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset. + Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error + flag will be set */ + + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY)) + { + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */ + if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP)) + { + /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP); + } + + if( __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_RDERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_FWWERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_NOTZEROERR) ) + { + /*Save the error code*/ + + /* WARNING : On the first cut of STM32L031xx and STM32L041xx devices, + * (RefID = 0x1000) the FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR bit was not behaving + * as expected. If the user run an application using the first + * cut of the STM32L031xx device or the first cut of the STM32L041xx + * device, this error should be ignored. The revId of the device + * can be retrieved via the HAL_GetREVID() function. + * + */ + FLASH_SetErrorCode(); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* There is no error flag set */ + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Set the specific FLASH error flag. + * @retval None + */ +static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void) +{ + uint32_t flags = 0; + + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR)) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP; + flags |= FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR; + } + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR)) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA; + flags |= FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR; + } + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR)) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_SIZE; + flags |= FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR; + } + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR)) + { + /* WARNING : On the first cut of STM32L031xx and STM32L041xx devices, + * (RefID = 0x1000) the FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR bit was not behaving + * as expected. If the user run an application using the first + * cut of the STM32L031xx device or the first cut of the STM32L041xx + * device, this error should be ignored. The revId of the device + * can be retrieved via the HAL_GetREVID() function. + * + */ + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV; + flags |= FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR; + } + + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_RDERR)) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD; + flags |= FLASH_FLAG_RDERR; + } + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_FWWERR)) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_FWWERR; + flags |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_FWWERR; + } + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_NOTZEROERR)) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NOTZERO; + flags |= FLASH_FLAG_NOTZEROERR; + } + + /* Clear FLASH error pending bits */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(flags); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_flash_ex.c b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_flash_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2757e85 --- /dev/null +++ b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_flash_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,1274 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l0xx_hal_flash_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief Extended FLASH HAL module driver. + * + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the internal FLASH memory: + * + FLASH Interface configuration + * + FLASH Memory Erasing + * + DATA EEPROM Programming/Erasing + * + Option Bytes Programming + * + Interrupts management + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Flash peripheral Extended features ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] Comparing to other products, the FLASH interface for STM32L0xx + devices contains the following additional features + (+) Erase functions + (+) DATA_EEPROM memory management + (+) BOOT option bit configuration + (+) PCROP protection for all sectors + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory + of all STM32L0xx. It includes: + (+) Full DATA_EEPROM erase and program management + (+) Boot activation + (+) PCROP protection configuration and control for all pages + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved.

+ * + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ +#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED + +/** @addtogroup FLASH + * @{ + */ +/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ +/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/ +extern FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash; +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASHEx FLASHEx + * @brief FLASH HAL Extension module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Constants FLASHEx Private Constants + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Macros FLASHEx Private Macros + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions FLASHEx Private Functions + * @{ + */ +void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress); +#if defined(FLASH_OPTR_BFB2) +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_BootConfig(uint8_t OB_BOOT); +#endif /* FLASH_OPTR_BFB2 */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR); +static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void); +static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void); +static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void); +static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOOTBit1(void); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_BOOTBit1Config(uint8_t OB_BootBit1); +#if defined(STM32L071xx) || defined(STM32L072xx) || defined(STM32L073xx) || defined(STM32L081xx) || defined(STM32L082xx) || defined(STM32L083xx) +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_ProtectedSectorsConfig(uint32_t Sector, uint32_t Sector2, uint32_t NewState); +#else +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_ProtectedSectorsConfig(uint32_t Sector, uint32_t NewState); +#endif +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void); +#if defined(STM32L071xx) || defined(STM32L072xx) || defined(STM32L073xx) || defined(STM32L081xx) || defined(STM32L082xx) || defined(STM32L083xx) +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP2(void); +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions FLASHEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 FLASHEx Memory Erasing functions + * @brief FLASH Memory Erasing functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### FLASH Erasing Programming functions ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] The FLASH Memory Erasing functions, includes the following functions: + (+) @ref HAL_FLASHEx_Erase: return only when erase has been done + (+) @ref HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT: end of erase is done when @ref HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback + is called with parameter 0xFFFFFFFF + + [..] Any operation of erase should follow these steps: + (#) Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function to enable the flash control register and + program memory access. + (#) Call the desired function to erase page. + (#) Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash program memory access + (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Erase the specified FLASH memory Pages + * @note To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param[in] pEraseInit pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the erasing. + * + * @param[out] PageError pointer to variable that + * contains the configuration information on faulty page in case of error + * (0xFFFFFFFF means that all the pages have been correctly erased) + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *PageError) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + uint32_t address = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /*Initialization of PageError variable*/ + *PageError = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NBPAGES(pEraseInit->NbPages)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(pEraseInit->PageAddress)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS((pEraseInit->PageAddress & ~(FLASH_PAGE_SIZE - 1U)) + pEraseInit->NbPages * FLASH_PAGE_SIZE - 1U)); + + /* Erase page by page to be done*/ + for(address = pEraseInit->PageAddress; + address < ((pEraseInit->NbPages * FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) + pEraseInit->PageAddress); + address += FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) + { + FLASH_PageErase(address); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the ERASE Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PROG); + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_ERASE); + + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* In case of error, stop erase procedure and return the faulty address */ + *PageError = address; + break; + } + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Perform a page erase of the specified FLASH memory pages with interrupt enabled + * @note To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * End of erase is done when @ref HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback is called with parameter + * 0xFFFFFFFF + * @param pEraseInit pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the erasing. + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + + /* If procedure already ongoing, reject the next one */ + if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NBPAGES(pEraseInit->NbPages)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(pEraseInit->PageAddress)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS((pEraseInit->PageAddress & ~(FLASH_PAGE_SIZE - 1)) + pEraseInit->NbPages * FLASH_PAGE_SIZE - 1)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ + __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR); + + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE; + pFlash.NbPagesToErase = pEraseInit->NbPages; + pFlash.Page = pEraseInit->PageAddress; + + /*Erase 1st page and wait for IT*/ + FLASH_PageErase(pEraseInit->PageAddress); + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Option Bytes Programming functions + * @brief Option Bytes Programming functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Option Bytes Programming functions ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps: + (#) Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function to enable the Flash option control + register access. + (#) Call following function to program the desired option bytes. + (++) @ref HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram: + - To Enable/Disable the desired sector write protection. + - To set the desired read Protection Level. + - To configure the user option Bytes: IWDG, STOP and the Standby. + - To Set the BOR level. + (#) Once all needed option bytes to be programmed are correctly written, call the + @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void) function to launch the Option Bytes programming process. + (#) Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock() to disable the Flash option control register access (recommended + to protect the option Bytes against possible unwanted operations). + + [..] Proprietary code Read Out Protection (PcROP): + (#) The PcROP sector is selected by using the same option bytes as the Write + protection (nWRPi bits). As a result, these 2 options are exclusive each other. + (#) In order to activate the PcROP (change the function of the nWRPi option bits), + the WPRMOD option bit must be activated. + (#) The active value of nWRPi bits is inverted when PCROP mode is active, this + means: if WPRMOD = 1 and nWRPi = 1 (default value), then the user sector "i" + is read/write protected. + (#) To activate PCROP mode for Flash sector(s), you need to call the following function: + (++) @ref HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram in selecting sectors to be read/write protected + (++) @ref HAL_FLASHEx_OB_SelectPCROP to enable the read/write protection + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Program option bytes + * @param pOBInit pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that + * contains the configuration information for the programming. + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPTIONBYTE(pOBInit->OptionType)); + + /*Write protection configuration*/ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_WRP) == OPTIONBYTE_WRP) + { + assert_param(IS_WRPSTATE(pOBInit->WRPState)); +#if defined(STM32L071xx) || defined(STM32L072xx) || defined(STM32L073xx) || defined(STM32L081xx) || defined(STM32L082xx) || defined(STM32L083xx) + status = FLASH_OB_ProtectedSectorsConfig(pOBInit->WRPSector, pOBInit->WRPSector2, pOBInit->WRPState); +#else + status = FLASH_OB_ProtectedSectorsConfig(pOBInit->WRPSector, pOBInit->WRPState); +#endif + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + return status; + } + } + + /* Read protection configuration*/ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_RDP) == OPTIONBYTE_RDP) + { + status = FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(pOBInit->RDPLevel); + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + return status; + } + } + + /* USER configuration*/ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_USER) == OPTIONBYTE_USER) + { + status = FLASH_OB_UserConfig(pOBInit->USERConfig & OB_IWDG_SW, + pOBInit->USERConfig & OB_STOP_NORST, + pOBInit->USERConfig & OB_STDBY_NORST); + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + return status; + } + } + + /* BOR Level configuration*/ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_BOR) == OPTIONBYTE_BOR) + { + status = FLASH_OB_BORConfig(pOBInit->BORLevel); + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + return status; + } + } + + /* Program BOOT Bit1 config option byte */ + if ((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_BOOT_BIT1) == OPTIONBYTE_BOOT_BIT1) + { + status = FLASH_OB_BOOTBit1Config(pOBInit->BOOTBit1Config); + } + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the Option byte configuration + * @param pOBInit pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that + * contains the configuration information for the programming. + * + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit) +{ + pOBInit->OptionType = OPTIONBYTE_WRP | OPTIONBYTE_RDP | OPTIONBYTE_USER | OPTIONBYTE_BOR; + + /* Get WRP sector */ + pOBInit->WRPSector = FLASH_OB_GetWRP(); + +#if defined(STM32L071xx) || defined(STM32L072xx) || defined(STM32L073xx) || defined(STM32L081xx) || defined(STM32L082xx) || defined(STM32L083xx) + pOBInit->WRPSector2 = FLASH_OB_GetWRP2(); +#endif + + /*Get RDP Level*/ + pOBInit->RDPLevel = FLASH_OB_GetRDP(); + + /*Get USER*/ + pOBInit->USERConfig = FLASH_OB_GetUser(); + + /*Get BOR Level*/ + pOBInit->BORLevel = FLASH_OB_GetBOR(); + + /* Get BOOT bit 1 config OB */ + pOBInit->BOOTBit1Config = FLASH_OB_GetBOOTBit1(); +} + +#if defined(FLASH_OPTR_WPRMOD) || defined(FLASH_OPTR_BFB2) + +/** + * @brief Program option bytes + * @param pAdvOBInit pointer to an FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the programming. + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram (FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef *pAdvOBInit) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OBEX(pAdvOBInit->OptionType)); + +#if defined(FLASH_OPTR_WPRMOD) + + /* Program PCROP option byte*/ + if ((pAdvOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_PCROP) == OPTIONBYTE_PCROP) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PCROPSTATE(pAdvOBInit->PCROPState)); +#if defined(STM32L071xx) || defined(STM32L072xx) || defined(STM32L073xx) || defined(STM32L081xx) || defined(STM32L082xx) || defined(STM32L083xx) + status = FLASH_OB_ProtectedSectorsConfig(pAdvOBInit->PCROPSector, pAdvOBInit->PCROPSector2, pAdvOBInit->PCROPState); +#else + status = FLASH_OB_ProtectedSectorsConfig(pAdvOBInit->PCROPSector, pAdvOBInit->PCROPState); +#endif + } + +#endif /* FLASH_OPTR_WPRMOD */ + +#if defined(FLASH_OPTR_BFB2) + + /* Program BOOT config option byte */ + if ((pAdvOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_BOOTCONFIG) == OPTIONBYTE_BOOTCONFIG) + { + status = FLASH_OB_BootConfig(pAdvOBInit->BootConfig); + } + +#endif /* FLASH_OPTR_BFB2 */ + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the OBEX byte configuration + * @param pAdvOBInit pointer to an FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the programming. + * + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBGetConfig(FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef *pAdvOBInit) +{ + pAdvOBInit->OptionType = 0; + +#if defined(FLASH_OPTR_WPRMOD) + + pAdvOBInit->OptionType |= OPTIONBYTE_PCROP; + + + /* Get PCROP state */ + pAdvOBInit->PCROPState = (FLASH->OPTR & FLASH_OPTR_WPRMOD) >> FLASH_OPTR_WPRMOD_Pos; + /* Get PCROP protected sector */ + pAdvOBInit->PCROPSector = FLASH->WRPR; + +#if defined(STM32L071xx) || defined(STM32L072xx) || defined(STM32L073xx) || defined(STM32L081xx) || defined(STM32L082xx) || defined(STM32L083xx) + /* Get PCROP protected sector */ + pAdvOBInit->PCROPSector2 = FLASH->WRPR2; +#endif +#endif /* FLASH_OPTR_WPRMOD */ + +#if defined(FLASH_OPTR_BFB2) + + pAdvOBInit->OptionType |= OPTIONBYTE_BOOTCONFIG; + + /* Get Boot config OB */ + pAdvOBInit->BootConfig = (FLASH->OPTR & FLASH_OPTR_BFB2) >> 16U; + +#endif /* FLASH_OPTR_BFB2 */ +} + +#endif /* FLASH_OPTR_WPRMOD || FLASH_OPTR_BFB2 */ + +#if defined(FLASH_OPTR_WPRMOD) + +/** + * @brief Select the Protection Mode (WPRMOD). + * @note Once WPRMOD bit is active, unprotection of a protected sector is not possible + * @note Read a protected sector will set RDERR Flag and write a protected sector will set WRPERR Flag + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_SelectPCROP(void) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint16_t tmp1 = 0; + uint32_t tmp2 = 0; + uint8_t optiontmp = 0; + uint16_t optiontmp2 = 0; + + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* Mask RDP Byte */ + optiontmp = (uint8_t)(*(__IO uint8_t *)(OB_BASE)); + + /* Update Option Byte */ + optiontmp2 = (uint16_t)(OB_PCROP_SELECTED | optiontmp); + + /* calculate the option byte to write */ + tmp1 = (uint16_t)(~(optiontmp2 )); + tmp2 = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)((uint32_t)(tmp1) << 16U)) | ((uint32_t)optiontmp2)); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* program PCRop */ + OB->RDP = tmp2; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } + + /* Return the Read protection operation Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Deselect the Protection Mode (WPRMOD). + * @note Once WPRMOD bit is active, unprotection of a protected sector is not possible + * @note Read a protected sector will set RDERR Flag and write a protected sector will set WRPERR Flag + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_DeSelectPCROP(void) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint16_t tmp1 = 0; + uint32_t tmp2 = 0; + uint8_t optiontmp = 0; + uint16_t optiontmp2 = 0; + + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* Mask RDP Byte */ + optiontmp = (uint8_t)(*(__IO uint8_t *)(OB_BASE)); + + /* Update Option Byte */ + optiontmp2 = (uint16_t)(OB_PCROP_DESELECTED | optiontmp); + + /* calculate the option byte to write */ + tmp1 = (uint16_t)(~(optiontmp2 )); + tmp2 = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)((uint32_t)(tmp1) << 16U)) | ((uint32_t)optiontmp2)); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* program PCRop */ + OB->RDP = tmp2; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } + + /* Return the Read protection operation Status */ + return status; +} + +#endif /* FLASH_OPTR_WPRMOD */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 DATA EEPROM Programming functions + * @brief DATA EEPROM Programming functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DATA EEPROM Programming functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps: + (#) Call the @ref HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Unlock() function to enable the data EEPROM access + and Flash program erase control register access. + (#) Call the desired function to erase or program data. + (#) Call the @ref HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Lock() to disable the data EEPROM access + and Flash program erase control register access(recommended + to protect the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Unlocks the data memory and FLASH_PECR register access. + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Unlock(void) +{ + uint32_t primask_bit; + + if((FLASH->PECR & FLASH_PECR_PELOCK) != RESET) + { + /* Disable interrupts to avoid any interruption during unlock sequence */ + primask_bit = __get_PRIMASK(); + __disable_irq(); + + /* Unlocking the Data memory and FLASH_PECR register access*/ + FLASH->PEKEYR = FLASH_PEKEY1; + FLASH->PEKEYR = FLASH_PEKEY2; + + /* Re-enable the interrupts: restore previous priority mask */ + __set_PRIMASK(primask_bit); + + if((FLASH->PECR & FLASH_PECR_PELOCK) != RESET) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Locks the Data memory and FLASH_PECR register access. + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Lock(void) +{ + /* Set the PELOCK Bit to lock the data memory and FLASH_PECR register access */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PELOCK); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Erase a word in data memory. + * @param Address specifies the address to be erased. + * @note To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * Call the @ref HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Lock() to the data EEPROM access + * and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect + * the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation). + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Erase(uint32_t Address) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Write 00000000h to valid address in the data memory */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) Address = 0x00000000U; + + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } + + /* Return the erase status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Program word at a specified address + * @note To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * Call the @ref HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Unlock() to he data EEPROM access + * and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect + * the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation). + * @note The function @ref HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_EnableFixedTimeProgram() can be called before + * this function to configure the Fixed Time Programming. + * @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Type_Program_Data + * @param Address specifie the address to be programmed. + * @param Data specifie the data to be programmed + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TYPEPROGRAMDATA(TypeProgram)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAMDATA_WORD) + { + /* Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/ + *(__IO uint32_t *)Address = Data; + } + else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAMDATA_HALFWORD) + { + /* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/ + *(__IO uint16_t *)Address = (uint16_t) Data; + } + else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAMDATA_BYTE) + { + /* Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.*/ + *(__IO uint8_t *)Address = (uint8_t) Data; + } + else + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable DATA EEPROM fixed Time programming (2*Tprog). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_EnableFixedTimeProgram(void) +{ + SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_FIX); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables DATA EEPROM fixed Time programming (2*Tprog). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_DisableFixedTimeProgram(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_FIX); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/* +============================================================================== + OPTIONS BYTES +============================================================================== +*/ +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the read out protection. + * @note To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * @param OB_RDP specifies the read protection level. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_0 No protection + * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_1 Read protection of the memory + * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_2 Chip protection + * + * !!!Warning!!! When enabling OB_RDP_LEVEL_2 it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0 + * + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmp1 = 0U, tmp2 = 0U, tmp3 = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_RDP(OB_RDP)); + + tmp1 = (uint32_t)(OB->RDP & FLASH_OPTR_RDPROT); + +#if defined(FLASH_OPTR_WPRMOD) + /* Mask WPRMOD bit */ + tmp3 = (uint32_t)(OB->RDP & FLASH_OPTR_WPRMOD); +#endif + + /* calculate the option byte to write */ + tmp1 = (~((uint32_t)(OB_RDP | tmp3))); + tmp2 = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)((uint32_t)(tmp1) << 16U)) | ((uint32_t)(OB_RDP | tmp3))); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* program read protection level */ + OB->RDP = tmp2; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } + + /* Return the Read protection operation Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs the FLASH brownout reset threshold level Option Byte. + * @param OB_BOR Selects the brownout reset threshold level. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref OB_BOR_OFF BOR is disabled at power down, the reset is asserted when the VDD + * power supply reaches the PDR(Power Down Reset) threshold (1.5V) + * @arg @ref OB_BOR_LEVEL1 BOR Reset threshold levels for 1.7V - 1.8V VDD power supply + * @arg @ref OB_BOR_LEVEL2 BOR Reset threshold levels for 1.9V - 2.0V VDD power supply + * @arg @ref OB_BOR_LEVEL3 BOR Reset threshold levels for 2.3V - 2.4V VDD power supply + * @arg @ref OB_BOR_LEVEL4 BOR Reset threshold levels for 2.55V - 2.65V VDD power supply + * @arg @ref OB_BOR_LEVEL5 BOR Reset threshold levels for 2.8V - 2.9V VDD power supply + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmp = 0, tmp1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_BOR_LEVEL(OB_BOR)); + + /* Get the User Option byte register */ + tmp1 = OB->USER & ((~FLASH_OPTR_BOR_LEV) >> 16U); + + /* Calculate the option byte to write - [0xFF | nUSER | 0x00 | USER]*/ + tmp = (uint32_t)~((OB_BOR | tmp1)) << 16U; + tmp |= (OB_BOR | tmp1); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Write the BOR Option Byte */ + OB->USER = tmp; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } + + /* Return the Option Byte BOR programming Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or resets the BOOT bit1 option bit. + * @param OB_BootBit1 Set or Reset the BOOT bit1 option bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref OB_BOOT_BIT1_RESET BOOT1 option bit reset + * @arg @ref OB_BOOT_BIT1_SET BOOT1 option bit set + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_BOOTBit1Config(uint8_t OB_BootBit1) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmp = 0, tmp1 = 0, OB_Bits = ((uint32_t) OB_BootBit1) << 15; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT1(OB_BootBit1)); + + /* Get the User Option byte register */ + tmp1 = OB->USER & ((~FLASH_OPTR_BOOT1) >> 16U); + + /* Calculate the user option byte to write */ + tmp = (~(OB_Bits | tmp1)) << 16U; + tmp |= OB_Bits | tmp1; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + /* Program OB */ + OB->USER = tmp; + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH User Option Bytes values. + * @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes. + */ +static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void) +{ + /* Return the User Option Byte */ + return (uint8_t)((FLASH->OPTR & FLASH_OPTR_USER) >> 16U); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Read Protection level. + * @retval FLASH RDP level + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_0 No protection + * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_1 Read protection of the memory + * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_2 Full chip protection + */ +static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void) +{ + uint8_t rdp_level = READ_BIT(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_RDPROT); + + if ((rdp_level != OB_RDP_LEVEL_0) && (rdp_level != OB_RDP_LEVEL_2)) + { + return (OB_RDP_LEVEL_1); + } + else + { + return rdp_level; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH BOR level. + * @retval The BOR level Option Bytes. + */ +static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void) +{ + /* Return the BOR level */ + return (uint8_t)((FLASH->OPTR & (uint32_t)FLASH_OPTR_BOR_LEV) >> 16U); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH BOOT bit1 value. + * @retval The BOOT bit 1 value Option Bytes. + */ +static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOOTBit1(void) +{ + /* Return the BOR level */ + return (FLASH->OPTR & FLASH_OPTR_BOOT1) >> FLASH_OPTR_BOOT1_Pos; + +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value. + * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value. + */ +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void) +{ + /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */ + return (uint32_t)(FLASH->WRPR); +} + +#if defined(STM32L071xx) || defined(STM32L072xx) || defined(STM32L073xx) || defined(STM32L081xx) || defined(STM32L082xx) || defined(STM32L083xx) +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value. + * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value. + */ +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP2(void) +{ + /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */ + return (uint32_t)(FLASH->WRPR2); +} +#endif /* STM32L071xx || STM32L072xx || STM32L073xx || STM32L081xx || STM32L082xx || STM32L083xx */ + +#if defined(STM32L071xx) || defined(STM32L072xx) || defined(STM32L073xx) || defined(STM32L081xx) || defined(STM32L082xx) || defined(STM32L083xx) +/** + * @brief Write Option Byte of the desired pages of the Flash. + * @param Sector specifies the sectors to be write protected. + * @param Sector2 specifies the sectors to be write protected (only stm32l07xxx and stm32l08xxx devices) + * @param NewState new state of the specified FLASH Pages Write protection. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg @ref OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE + * @arg @ref OB_WRPSTATE_DISABLE + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_ProtectedSectorsConfig(uint32_t Sector, uint32_t Sector2, uint32_t NewState) +#else +/** + * @brief Write Option Byte of the desired pages of the Flash. + * @param Sector specifies the sectors to be write protected. + * @param NewState new state of the specified FLASH Pages Write protection. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg @ref OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE + * @arg @ref OB_WRPSTATE_DISABLE + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_ProtectedSectorsConfig(uint32_t Sector, uint32_t NewState) +#endif +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t WRP_Data = 0; + uint32_t OB_WRP = Sector; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Update WRP only if at least 1 selected sector */ + if (OB_WRP != 0x00000000U) + { + if ((OB_WRP & WRP_MASK_LOW) != 0x00000000U) + { + if (NewState != OB_WRPSTATE_DISABLE) + { + WRP_Data = (uint16_t)(((OB_WRP & WRP_MASK_LOW) | OB->WRP01)); + OB->WRP01 = (uint32_t)(~(WRP_Data) << 16U) | (WRP_Data); + } + else + { + WRP_Data = (uint16_t)(~OB_WRP & (WRP_MASK_LOW & OB->WRP01)); + OB->WRP01 = (uint32_t)((~WRP_Data) << 16U) | (WRP_Data); + } + } + } +#if defined(STM32L071xx) || defined(STM32L072xx) || defined(STM32L073xx) || defined(STM32L081xx) || defined(STM32L082xx) || defined(STM32L083xx) + /* Update WRP only if at least 1 selected sector */ + if (OB_WRP != 0x00000000U) + { + if ((OB_WRP & WRP_MASK_HIGH) != 0x00000000U) + { + if (NewState != OB_WRPSTATE_DISABLE) + { + WRP_Data = (uint16_t)((((OB_WRP & WRP_MASK_HIGH) >> 16U | OB->WRP23))); + OB->WRP23 = (uint32_t)(~(WRP_Data) << 16U) | (WRP_Data); + } + else + { + WRP_Data = (uint16_t)((((~OB_WRP & WRP_MASK_HIGH) >> 16U & OB->WRP23))); + OB->WRP23 = (uint32_t)((~WRP_Data) << 16U) | (WRP_Data); + } + } + } + + OB_WRP = Sector2; + /* Update WRP only if at least 1 selected sector */ + if (OB_WRP != 0x00000000U) + { + if ((OB_WRP & WRP_MASK_LOW) != 0x00000000U) + { + if (NewState != OB_WRPSTATE_DISABLE) + { + WRP_Data = (uint16_t)(((OB_WRP & WRP_MASK_LOW) | OB->WRP45)); + OB->WRP45 =(uint32_t)(~(WRP_Data) << 16U) | (WRP_Data); + } + else + { + WRP_Data = (uint16_t)(~OB_WRP & (WRP_MASK_LOW & OB->WRP45)); + OB->WRP45 = (uint32_t)((~WRP_Data) << 16U) | (WRP_Data); + } + } + } +#endif /* STM32L071xx || STM32L072xx || STM32L073xx || STM32L081xx || STM32L082xx || STM32L083xx */ + } + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* Return the write protection operation Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY. + * @param OB_IWDG Selects the WDG mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref OB_IWDG_SW Software WDG selected + * @arg @ref OB_IWDG_HW Hardware WDG selected + * @param OB_STOP Reset event when entering STOP mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref OB_STOP_NORST No reset generated when entering in STOP + * @arg @ref OB_STOP_RST Reset generated when entering in STOP + * @param OB_STDBY Reset event when entering Standby mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref OB_STDBY_NORST No reset generated when entering in STANDBY + * @arg @ref OB_STDBY_RST Reset generated when entering in STANDBY + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmp = 0, tmp1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(OB_IWDG)); + assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(OB_STOP)); + assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(OB_STDBY)); + + /* Get the User Option byte register */ + tmp1 = OB->USER & ((~FLASH_OPTR_USER) >> 16U); + + /* Calculate the user option byte to write */ + tmp = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)~((uint32_t)((uint32_t)(OB_IWDG) | (uint32_t)(OB_STOP) | (uint32_t)(OB_STDBY) | tmp1))) << 16U); + tmp |= ((uint32_t)(OB_IWDG) | ((uint32_t)OB_STOP) | (uint32_t)(OB_STDBY) | tmp1); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Write the User Option Byte */ + OB->USER = tmp; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } + + /* Return the Option Byte program Status */ + return status; +} + +#if defined(FLASH_OPTR_BFB2) +/** + * @brief Configures to boot from Bank1 or Bank2. + * @param OB_BOOT select the FLASH Bank to boot from. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref OB_BOOT_BANK1 BFB2 option bit reset + * @arg @ref OB_BOOT_BANK2 BFB2 option bit set + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_BootConfig(uint8_t OB_BOOT) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmp = 0U, tmp1 = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT_BANK(OB_BOOT)); + + /* Get the User Option byte register and BOR Level*/ + tmp1 = OB->USER & ((~FLASH_OPTR_BFB2) >> 16U); + + /* Calculate the option byte to write */ + tmp = (uint32_t)~(OB_BOOT | tmp1) << 16U; + tmp |= (OB_BOOT | tmp1); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Write the BOOT Option Byte */ + OB->USER = tmp; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } + + /* Return the Option Byte program Status */ + return status; +} + +#endif /* FLASH_OPTR_BFB2 */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASH + * @{ + */ + + +/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Erases a specified page in program memory. + * @param PageAddress The page address in program memory to be erased. + * @note A Page is erased in the Program memory only if the address to load + * is the start address of a page (multiple of @ref FLASH_PAGE_SIZE bytes). + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress) +{ + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Set the ERASE bit */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_ERASE); + + /* Set PROG bit */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PROG); + + /* Write 00000000h to the first word of the program page to erase */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)(uint32_t)(PageAddress & ~(FLASH_PAGE_SIZE - 1)) = 0x00000000; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd58988 --- /dev/null +++ b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c @@ -0,0 +1,521 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l0xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief FLASH RAMFUNC driver. + * This file provides a Flash firmware functions which should be + * executed from internal SRAM + * + * @verbatim + + *** ARM Compiler *** + -------------------- + [..] RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options. + Functions that are be executed in RAM should reside in a separate + source module. Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change + the 'Code / Const' area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM. + Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the + Options for Target' dialog. + + *** ICCARM Compiler *** + ----------------------- + [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc". + + *** GNU Compiler *** + -------------------- + [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute + "__attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))". + +@endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved.

+ * + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED + +/** @addtogroup FLASH + * @{ + */ +/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ +extern FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash; +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC FLASH_RAMFUNC + * @brief FLASH functions executed from RAM + * @{ + */ + + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Private_Functions FLASH RAM Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +static __RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASHRAM_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout); +static __RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASHRAM_SetErrorCode(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions FLASH RAM Exported Functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### ramfunc functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions that should be executed from RAM + transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral features functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable the power down mode during RUN mode. + * @note This function can be used only when the user code is running from Internal SRAM. + * @retval HAL status + */ +__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_EnableRunPowerDown(void) +{ + /* Enable the Power Down in Run mode*/ + __HAL_FLASH_POWER_DOWN_ENABLE(); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the power down mode during RUN mode. + * @note This function can be used only when the user code is running from Internal SRAM. + * @retval HAL status + */ +__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DisableRunPowerDown(void) +{ + /* Disable the Power Down in Run mode*/ + __HAL_FLASH_POWER_DOWN_DISABLE(); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Programming and erasing operation functions + * +@verbatim +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(FLASH_PECR_PARALLBANK) +/** + * @brief Erases a specified 2 pages in program memory in parallel. + * @note This function can be used only for STM32L07xxx/STM32L08xxx devices. + * To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation). + * @param Page_Address1: The page address in program memory to be erased in + * the first Bank (BANK1). This parameter should be between FLASH_BASE + * and FLASH_BANK1_END. + * @param Page_Address2: The page address in program memory to be erased in + * the second Bank (BANK2). This parameter should be between FLASH_BANK2_BASE + * and FLASH_BANK2_END. + * @note A Page is erased in the Program memory only if the address to load + * is the start address of a page (multiple of @ref FLASH_PAGE_SIZE bytes). + * @retval HAL status + */ +__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_EraseParallelPage(uint32_t Page_Address1, uint32_t Page_Address2) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASHRAM_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Proceed to erase the page */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PARALLBANK); + SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_ERASE); + SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PROG); + + /* Write 00000000h to the first word of the first program page to erase */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)Page_Address1 = 0x00000000U; + /* Write 00000000h to the first word of the second program page to erase */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)Page_Address2 = 0x00000000U; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASHRAM_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the ERASE, PROG and PARALLBANK bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PROG); + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_ERASE); + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PARALLBANK); + } + /* Return the Erase Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Program 2 half pages in program memory in parallel (half page size is 16 Words). + * @note This function can be used only for STM32L07xxx/STM32L08xxx devices. + * @param Address1: specifies the first address to be written in the first bank + * (BANK1). This parameter should be between FLASH_BASE and (FLASH_BANK1_END - FLASH_PAGE_SIZE). + * @param pBuffer1: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be written + * to the first half page in the first bank. + * @param Address2: specifies the second address to be written in the second bank + * (BANK2). This parameter should be between FLASH_BANK2_BASE and (FLASH_BANK2_END - FLASH_PAGE_SIZE). + * @param pBuffer2: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be written + * to the second half page in the second bank. + * @note To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation). + * @note Half page write is possible only from SRAM. + * @note A half page is written to the program memory only if the first + * address to load is the start address of a half page (multiple of 64 + * bytes) and the 15 remaining words to load are in the same half page. + * @note During the Program memory half page write all read operations are + * forbidden (this includes DMA read operations and debugger read + * operations such as breakpoints, periodic updates, etc.). + * @note If a PGAERR is set during a Program memory half page write, the + * complete write operation is aborted. Software should then reset the + * FPRG and PROG/DATA bits and restart the write operation from the + * beginning. + * @retval HAL status + */ +__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_ProgramParallelHalfPage(uint32_t Address1, uint32_t* pBuffer1, uint32_t Address2, uint32_t* pBuffer2) +{ + uint32_t count = 0U; + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASHRAM_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Proceed to program the new half page */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PARALLBANK); + SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_FPRG); + SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PROG); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASHRAM_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable all IRQs */ + __disable_irq(); + + /* Write the first half page directly with 16 different words */ + while(count < 16U) + { + /* Address1 doesn't need to be increased */ + *(__IO uint32_t*) Address1 = *pBuffer1; + pBuffer1++; + count ++; + } + + /* Write the second half page directly with 16 different words */ + count = 0U; + while(count < 16U) + { + /* Address2 doesn't need to be increased */ + *(__IO uint32_t*) Address2 = *pBuffer2; + pBuffer2++; + count ++; + } + + /* Enable IRQs */ + __enable_irq(); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASHRAM_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } + + /* if the write operation is completed, disable the PROG, FPRG and PARALLBANK bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PROG); + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_FPRG); + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PARALLBANK); + } + + /* Return the Write Status */ + return status; +} +#endif /* FLASH_PECR_PARALLBANK */ + +/** + * @brief Program a half page in program memory. + * @param Address specifies the address to be written. + * @param pBuffer pointer to the buffer containing the data to be written to + * the half page. + * @note To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @note Half page write is possible only from SRAM. + * @note A half page is written to the program memory only if the first + * address to load is the start address of a half page (multiple of 64 + * bytes) and the 15 remaining words to load are in the same half page. + * @note During the Program memory half page write all read operations are + * forbidden (this includes DMA read operations and debugger read + * operations such as breakpoints, periodic updates, etc.). + * @note If a PGAERR is set during a Program memory half page write, the + * complete write operation is aborted. Software should then reset the + * FPRG and PROG/DATA bits and restart the write operation from the + * beginning. + * @retval HAL status + */ +__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_HalfPageProgram(uint32_t Address, uint32_t* pBuffer) +{ + uint32_t count = 0U; + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASHRAM_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Proceed to program the new half page */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_FPRG); + SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PROG); + + /* Disable all IRQs */ + __disable_irq(); + + /* Write one half page directly with 16 different words */ + while(count < 16U) + { + /* Address doesn't need to be increased */ + *(__IO uint32_t*) Address = *pBuffer; + pBuffer++; + count ++; + } + + /* Enable IRQs */ + __enable_irq(); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASHRAM_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the write operation is completed, disable the PROG and FPRG bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PROG); + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_FPRG); + } + + /* Return the Write Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral errors functions + * @brief Peripheral errors functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permit to get in run-time errors of the FLASH peripheral. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Get the specific FLASH errors flag. + * @param Error pointer is the error value. It can be a mixed of: + * @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP) + * @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_SIZE FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag + * @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA FLASH Programming Alignment error flag + * @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP FLASH Write protected error flag + * @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV FLASH Option valid error flag + * @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_FWWERR FLASH Write or Erase operation aborted + * @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NOTZERO FLASH Write operation is done in a not-erased region + * @retval HAL Status + */ +__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_GetError(uint32_t * Error) +{ + *Error = pFlash.ErrorCode; + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set the specific FLASH error flag. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +static __RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASHRAM_SetErrorCode(void) +{ + uint32_t flags = 0; + + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR)) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP; + flags |= FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR; + } + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR)) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA; + flags |= FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR; + } + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR)) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_SIZE; + flags |= FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR; + } + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR)) + { + /* WARNING : On the first cut of STM32L031xx and STM32L041xx devices, + * (RefID = 0x1000) the FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR bit was not behaving + * as expected. If the user run an application using the first + * cut of the STM32L031xx device or the first cut of the STM32L041xx + * device, this error should be ignored. The revId of the device + * can be retrieved via the HAL_GetREVID() function. + * + */ + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV; + flags |= FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR; + } + + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_RDERR)) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD; + flags |= FLASH_FLAG_RDERR; + } + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_FWWERR)) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_FWWERR; + flags |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_FWWERR; + } + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_NOTZEROERR)) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NOTZERO; + flags |= FLASH_FLAG_NOTZEROERR; + } + + /* Clear FLASH error pending bits */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(flags); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete. + * @param Timeout maximum flash operationtimeout + * @retval HAL status + */ +static __RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASHRAM_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset. + Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error + flag will be set */ + + while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY) && (Timeout != 0x00U)) + { + Timeout--; + } + + if(Timeout == 0x00U) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */ + if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP)) + { + /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP); + } + + if( __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_RDERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_FWWERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_NOTZEROERR) ) + { + /*Save the error code*/ + + /* WARNING : On the first cut of STM32L031xx and STM32L041xx devices, + * (RefID = 0x1000) the FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR bit was not behaving + * as expected. If the user run an application using the first + * cut of the STM32L031xx device or the first cut of the STM32L041xx + * device, this error should be ignored. The revId of the device + * can be retrieved via the HAL_GetREVID() function. + * + */ + FLASHRAM_SetErrorCode(); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* There is no error flag set */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_gpio.c b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_gpio.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5bdb105 --- /dev/null +++ b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_gpio.c @@ -0,0 +1,538 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l0xx_hal_gpio.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief GPIO HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### GPIO Peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) Each port bit of the general-purpose I/O (GPIO) ports can be individually + configured by software in several modes: + (++) Input mode + (++) Analog mode + (++) Output mode + (++) Alternate function mode + (++) External interrupt/event lines + + (+) During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt + lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode. + + (+) All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be + activated or not. + + (+) In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull + type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value. + + (+) The microcontroller IO pins are connected to onboard peripherals/modules through a + multiplexer that allows only one peripheral alternate function (AF) connected + to an IO pin at a time. In this way, there can be no conflict between peripherals + sharing the same IO pin. + + (+) All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt + lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are + connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15. + + (+) The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 28 edge detectors + (16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each + input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event) + and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can + also be masked independently. + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable the GPIO IOPORT clock using the following function: __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(). + + (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init(). + (++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure + (++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef + structure. + (++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is + configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure. + (++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO + is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure. + (++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel + or DAC output. + (++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from + GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and + the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). + + (#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority + mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using + HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(). + + (#) HAL_GPIO_DeInit allows to set register values to their reset value. This function + is also to be used when unconfiguring pin which was used as an external interrupt + or in event mode. That is the only way to reset the corresponding bit in + EXTI & SYSCFG registers. + + (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(). + + (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use + HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(). + + (#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin(). + + (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not + active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG + pins). + + (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose + (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has + priority over the GPIO function. + + (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as + general purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off. + The HSE has priority over the GPIO function. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© Copyright(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved.

+ * + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED + +/** @addtogroup GPIO + * @brief GPIO HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup GPIO_Private + * @{ + */ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +#define GPIO_MODE (0x00000003U) +#define EXTI_MODE (0x10000000U) +#define GPIO_MODE_IT (0x00010000U) +#define GPIO_MODE_EVT (0x00020000U) +#define RISING_EDGE (0x00100000U) +#define FALLING_EDGE (0x00200000U) +#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE (0x00000010U) + +#define GPIO_NUMBER (16U) + +/** + * @} + */ +/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 + * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init. + * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..E and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L0XX family devices. + * Note that GPIOE is not available on all devices. + * @param GPIO_Init pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init) +{ + uint32_t position = 0x00U; + uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00U; + uint32_t temp = 0x00U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_AVAILABLE(GPIOx, (GPIO_Init->Pin))); + + /* Configure the port pins */ + while (((GPIO_Init->Pin) >> position) != 0) + { + /* Get the IO position */ + iocurrent = (GPIO_Init->Pin) & (1U << position); + + if (iocurrent) + { + /*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */ + if ((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || + (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD)) + { + /* Check the Speed parameter */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed)); + /* Configure the IO Speed */ + temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR; + temp &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEED0 << (position * 2U)); + temp |= (GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2U)); + GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp; + + /* Configure the IO Output Type */ + temp = GPIOx->OTYPER; + temp &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ; + temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE) >> 4U) << position); + GPIOx->OTYPER = temp; + } + + /* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */ + temp = GPIOx->PUPDR; + temp &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPD0 << (position * 2U)); + temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2U)); + GPIOx->PUPDR = temp; + + /* In case of Alternate function mode selection */ + if ((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD)) + { + /* Check the Alternate function parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate)); + + /* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */ + temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3U]; + temp &= ~(0xFUL << ((uint32_t)(position & 0x07UL) * 4U)); + temp |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Alternate) << (((uint32_t)position & (uint32_t)0x07U) * 4U)); + GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3U] = temp; + } + + /* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */ + temp = GPIOx->MODER; + temp &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODE0 << (position * 2U)); + temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2U)); + GPIOx->MODER = temp; + + /*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */ + if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE) + { + /* Enable SYSCFG Clock */ + __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE(); + + temp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2U]; + CLEAR_BIT(temp, (0x0FUL) << (4U * (position & 0x03U))); + SET_BIT(temp, (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4 * (position & 0x03U))); + SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2U] = temp; + + /* Clear EXTI line configuration */ + temp = EXTI->IMR; + temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); + if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT) + { + temp |= iocurrent; + } + EXTI->IMR = temp; + + temp = EXTI->EMR; + temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); + if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT) + { + temp |= iocurrent; + } + EXTI->EMR = temp; + + /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */ + temp = EXTI->RTSR; + temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); + if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE) + { + temp |= iocurrent; + } + EXTI->RTSR = temp; + + temp = EXTI->FTSR; + temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); + if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE) + { + temp |= iocurrent; + } + EXTI->FTSR = temp; + } + } + position++; + } +} + +/** + * @brief De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..E and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L0XX family devices. + * Note that GPIOE is not available on all devices. + * @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written. + * This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). + * All port bits are not necessarily available on all GPIOs. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint32_t position = 0x00U; + uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00U; + uint32_t tmp = 0x00U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_AVAILABLE(GPIOx, GPIO_Pin)); + + /* Configure the port pins */ + while ((GPIO_Pin >> position) != 0) + { + /* Get the IO position */ + iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & (1U << position); + + if (iocurrent) + { + /*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Clear the External Interrupt or Event for the current IO */ + + tmp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2U]; + tmp &= ((0x0FUL) << (4U * (position & 0x03U))); + if (tmp == (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4U * (position & 0x03U)))) + { + /* Clear EXTI line configuration */ + EXTI->IMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); + EXTI->EMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); + + /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */ + EXTI->RTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); + EXTI->FTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); + + tmp = (0x0FUL) << (4U * (position & 0x03U)); + SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2U] &= ~tmp; + } + + /*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Configure IO Direction in Input Floting Mode */ + GPIOx->MODER |= (GPIO_MODER_MODE0 << (position * 2U)); + + /* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */ + GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3U] &= ~(0xFUL << ((uint32_t)(position & 0x07UL) * 4U)); + + /* Deactivate the Pull-up oand Pull-down resistor for the current IO */ + GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPD0 << (position * 2U)); + + /* Configure the default value IO Output Type */ + GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position); + + /* Configure the default value for IO Speed */ + GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEED0 << (position * 2U)); + } + position++; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 + * @brief GPIO Read and Write + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified input port pin. + * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..E and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L0xx family devices. + * Note that GPIOE is not available on all devices. + * @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to read. + * This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). + * All port bits are not necessarily available on all GPIOs. + * @retval The input port pin value. + */ +GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + GPIO_PinState bitstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_AVAILABLE(GPIOx, GPIO_Pin)); + + if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)GPIO_PIN_RESET) + { + bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit. + * + * @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify + * accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between + * the read and the modify access. + * + * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..E and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L0xx family devices. + * Note that GPIOE is not available on all devices. + * @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written. + * This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). + * All port bits are not necessarily available on all GPIOs. + * @param PinState specifies the value to be written to the selected bit. + * This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values: + * GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin + * GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_AVAILABLE(GPIOx, GPIO_Pin)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState)); + + if (PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET) + { + GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin; + } + else + { + GPIOx->BRR = GPIO_Pin ; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Toggles the specified GPIO pins. + * @param GPIOx Where x can be (A..E and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L0xx family devices. + * Note that GPIOE is not available on all devices. + * All port bits are not necessarily available on all GPIOs. + * @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the pins to be toggled. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint32_t odr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_AVAILABLE(GPIOx, GPIO_Pin)); + + /* get current Ouput Data Register value */ + odr = GPIOx->ODR; + + /* Set selected pins that were at low level, and reset ones that were high */ + GPIOx->BSRR = ((odr & GPIO_Pin) << GPIO_NUMBER) | (~odr & GPIO_Pin); +} + +/** +* @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers. +* @note The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR, +* GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH. +* @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified +* until the next reset. +* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..E and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L0xx family. +* Note that GPIOE is not available on all devices. +* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be locked. +* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). +* All port bits are not necessarily available on all GPIOs. +* @retval None +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_AVAILABLE(GPIOx, GPIO_Pin)); + + /* Apply lock key write sequence */ + tmp |= GPIO_Pin; + /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */ + GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin; + /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Read LCKK register. This read is mandatory to complete key lock sequence */ + tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; + + /* read again in order to confirm lock is active */ + if ((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != RESET) + { + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} +/** + * @brief This function handles EXTI interrupt request. + * @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the pins connected to the EXTI line. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* EXTI line interrupt detected */ + if (__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != RESET) + { + __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin); + HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin); + } +} + +/** + * @brief EXTI line detection callbacks. + * @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the pins connected to the EXTI line. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(GPIO_Pin); + + /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ + diff --git a/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_i2c.c b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_i2c.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0206383 --- /dev/null +++ b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_i2c.c @@ -0,0 +1,6646 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l0xx_hal_i2c.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief I2C HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Inter Integrated Circuit (I2C) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral State and Errors functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The I2C HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a I2C_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: + I2C_HandleTypeDef hi2c; + + (#)Initialize the I2C low level resources by implementing the @ref HAL_I2C_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the I2Cx interface clock + (##) I2C pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the I2C GPIOs + (+++) Configure I2C pins as alternate function open-drain + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process + (+++) Configure the I2Cx interrupt priority + (+++) Enable the NVIC I2C IRQ Channel + (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process + (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive channel + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using + (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx channel + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the hi2c DMA Tx or Rx handle + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on + the DMA Tx or Rx channel + + (#) Configure the Communication Clock Timing, Own Address1, Master Addressing mode, Dual Addressing mode, + Own Address2, Own Address2 Mask, General call and Nostretch mode in the hi2c Init structure. + + (#) Initialize the I2C registers by calling the @ref HAL_I2C_Init(), configures also the low level Hardware + (GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC...etc) by calling the customized @ref HAL_I2C_MspInit(&hi2c) API. + + (#) To check if target device is ready for communication, use the function @ref HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady() + + (#) For I2C IO and IO MEM operations, three operation modes are available within this driver : + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit() + (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Receive() + (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit() + (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive() + + *** Polling mode IO MEM operation *** + ===================================== + [..] + (+) Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address using @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Write() + (+) Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address using @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Read() + + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() + (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() + (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() + (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() + (+) In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + (+) Abort a master I2C process communication with Interrupt using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT() + (+) End of abort process, @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() + (+) Discard a slave I2C process communication using @ref __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK() macro. + This action will inform Master to generate a Stop condition to discard the communication. + + + *** Interrupt mode or DMA mode IO sequential operation *** + ========================================================== + [..] + (@) These interfaces allow to manage a sequential transfer with a repeated start condition + when a direction change during transfer + [..] + (+) A specific option field manage the different steps of a sequential transfer + (+) Option field values are defined through @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS and are listed below: + (++) I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME: No sequential usage, functional is same as associated interfaces in no sequential mode + (++) I2C_FIRST_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequence with start condition, address + and data to transfer without a final stop condition + (++) I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME: Sequential usage (Master only), this option allow to manage a sequence with start condition, address + and data to transfer without a final stop condition, an then permit a call the same master sequential interface + several times (like @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT() then @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT() + or @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA() then @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA()) + (++) I2C_NEXT_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequence with a restart condition, address + and with new data to transfer if the direction change or manage only the new data to transfer + if no direction change and without a final stop condition in both cases + (++) I2C_LAST_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequance with a restart condition, address + and with new data to transfer if the direction change or manage only the new data to transfer + if no direction change and with a final stop condition in both cases + (++) I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP: Sequential usage (Master only), this option allow to manage a restart condition after several call of the same master sequential + interface several times (link with option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME). + Usage can, transfer several bytes one by one using HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then I2C_NEXT_FRAME) + or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then I2C_NEXT_FRAME) + or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then I2C_NEXT_FRAME) + or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then I2C_NEXT_FRAME). + Then usage of this option I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP at the last Transmit or Receive sequence permit to call the opposite interface Receive or Transmit + without stopping the communication and so generate a restart condition. + (++) I2C_OTHER_FRAME: Sequential usage (Master only), this option allow to manage a restart condition after each call of the same master sequential + interface. + Usage can, transfer several bytes one by one with a restart with slave address between each bytes using HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT(option I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME) + or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT(option I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME) + or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA(option I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME) + or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA(option I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME). + Then usage of this option I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME at the last frame to help automatic generation of STOP condition. + + (+) Different sequential I2C interfaces are listed below: + (++) Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT() + or using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA() + (+++) At transmission end of current frame transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() + (++) Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT() + or using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA() + (+++) At reception end of current frame transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() + (++) Abort a master IT or DMA I2C process communication with Interrupt using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT() + (+++) End of abort process, @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() + (++) Enable/disable the Address listen mode in slave I2C mode using @ref HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT() @ref HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT() + (+++) When address slave I2C match, @ref HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code to check the Address Match Code and the transmission direction request by master (Write/Read). + (+++) At Listen mode end @ref HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() + (++) Sequential transmit in slave I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT() + or using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA() + (+++) At transmission end of current frame transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() + (++) Sequential receive in slave I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT() + or using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA() + (+++) At reception end of current frame transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() + (++) In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + (++) Discard a slave I2C process communication using @ref __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK() macro. + This action will inform Master to generate a Stop condition to discard the communication. + + *** Interrupt mode IO MEM operation *** + ======================================= + [..] + (+) Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address using + @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT() + (+) At Memory end of write transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() + (+) Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address using + @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT() + (+) At Memory end of read transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() + (+) In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using + @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() + (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using + @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() + (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using + @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() + (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using + @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() + (+) In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + (+) Abort a master I2C process communication with Interrupt using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT() + (+) End of abort process, @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() + (+) Discard a slave I2C process communication using @ref __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK() macro. + This action will inform Master to generate a Stop condition to discard the communication. + + *** DMA mode IO MEM operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address using + @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA() + (+) At Memory end of write transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() + (+) Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address using + @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA() + (+) At Memory end of read transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() + (+) In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + + + *** I2C HAL driver macros list *** + ================================== + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in I2C HAL driver. + + (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_ENABLE: Enable the I2C peripheral + (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_DISABLE: Disable the I2C peripheral + (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK: Generate a Non-Acknowledge I2C peripheral in Slave mode + (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified I2C flag is set or not + (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the specified I2C pending flag + (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified I2C interrupt + (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified I2C interrupt + + *** Callback registration *** + ============================================= + [..] + The compilation flag USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 + allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. + Use Functions @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback() or @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterAddrCallback() + to register an interrupt callback. + [..] + Function @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks: + (+) MasterTxCpltCallback : callback for Master transmission end of transfer. + (+) MasterRxCpltCallback : callback for Master reception end of transfer. + (+) SlaveTxCpltCallback : callback for Slave transmission end of transfer. + (+) SlaveRxCpltCallback : callback for Slave reception end of transfer. + (+) ListenCpltCallback : callback for end of listen mode. + (+) MemTxCpltCallback : callback for Memory transmission end of transfer. + (+) MemRxCpltCallback : callback for Memory reception end of transfer. + (+) ErrorCallback : callback for error detection. + (+) AbortCpltCallback : callback for abort completion process. + (+) MspInitCallback : callback for Msp Init. + (+) MspDeInitCallback : callback for Msp DeInit. + This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID + and a pointer to the user callback function. + [..] + For specific callback AddrCallback use dedicated register callbacks : @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterAddrCallback(). + [..] + Use function @ref HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback to reset a callback to the default + weak function. + @ref HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, + and the Callback ID. + This function allows to reset following callbacks: + (+) MasterTxCpltCallback : callback for Master transmission end of transfer. + (+) MasterRxCpltCallback : callback for Master reception end of transfer. + (+) SlaveTxCpltCallback : callback for Slave transmission end of transfer. + (+) SlaveRxCpltCallback : callback for Slave reception end of transfer. + (+) ListenCpltCallback : callback for end of listen mode. + (+) MemTxCpltCallback : callback for Memory transmission end of transfer. + (+) MemRxCpltCallback : callback for Memory reception end of transfer. + (+) ErrorCallback : callback for error detection. + (+) AbortCpltCallback : callback for abort completion process. + (+) MspInitCallback : callback for Msp Init. + (+) MspDeInitCallback : callback for Msp DeInit. + [..] + For callback AddrCallback use dedicated register callbacks : @ref HAL_I2C_UnRegisterAddrCallback(). + [..] + By default, after the @ref HAL_I2C_Init() and when the state is @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET + all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions: + examples @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(), @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(). + Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are + reset to the legacy weak functions in the @ref HAL_I2C_Init()/ @ref HAL_I2C_DeInit() only when + these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand). + If MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_I2C_Init()/ @ref HAL_I2C_DeInit() + keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) whatever the state. + [..] + Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_READY state only. + Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit functions that can be registered/unregistered + in @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_READY or @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET state, + thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit. + Then, the user first registers the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks + using @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref HAL_I2C_DeInit() + or @ref HAL_I2C_Init() function. + [..] + When the compilation flag USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or + not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks + are set to the corresponding weak functions. + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the I2C HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved.

+ * + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C I2C + * @brief I2C HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Define I2C Private Define + * @{ + */ +#define TIMING_CLEAR_MASK (0xF0FFFFFFU) /*!< I2C TIMING clear register Mask */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR (10000U) /*!< 10 s */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_DIR (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TC (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TCR (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ + +#define MAX_NBYTE_SIZE 255U +#define SlaveAddr_SHIFT 7U +#define SlaveAddr_MSK 0x06U + +/* Private define for @ref PreviousState usage */ +#define I2C_STATE_MSK ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) & (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)))) /*!< Mask State define, keep only RX and TX bits */ +#define I2C_STATE_NONE ((uint32_t)(HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE)) /*!< Default Value */ +#define I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER)) /*!< Master Busy TX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ +#define I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER)) /*!< Master Busy RX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ +#define I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE)) /*!< Slave Busy TX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ +#define I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE)) /*!< Slave Busy RX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ +#define I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)) /*!< Memory Busy TX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ +#define I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)) /*!< Memory Busy RX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ + + +/* Private define to centralize the enable/disable of Interrupts */ +#define I2C_XFER_TX_IT (uint16_t)(0x0001U) /* Bit field can be combinated with @ref I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT */ +#define I2C_XFER_RX_IT (uint16_t)(0x0002U) /* Bit field can be combinated with @ref I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT */ +#define I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT (uint16_t)(0x8000U) /* Bit field can be combinated with @ref I2C_XFER_TX_IT and @ref I2C_XFER_RX_IT */ + +#define I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT (uint16_t)(0x0010U) /* Bit definition to manage addition of global Error and NACK treatment */ +#define I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT (uint16_t)(0x0020U) /* Bit definition to manage only STOP evenement */ +#define I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT (uint16_t)(0x0040U) /* Bit definition to manage only Reload of NBYTE */ + +/* Private define Sequential Transfer Options default/reset value */ +#define I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME (0xFFFF0000U) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Functions I2C Private Functions + * @{ + */ +/* Private functions to handle DMA transfer */ +static void I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMAAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); + +/* Private functions to handle IT transfer */ +static void I2C_ITAddrCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags); +static void I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static void I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static void I2C_ITMasterCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags); +static void I2C_ITSlaveCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags); +static void I2C_ITListenCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags); +static void I2C_ITError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ErrorCode); + +/* Private functions to handle IT transfer */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, + uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, + uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); + +/* Private functions for I2C transfer IRQ handler */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources); + +/* Private functions to handle flags during polling transfer */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, + uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); + +/* Private functions to centralize the enable/disable of Interrupts */ +static void I2C_Enable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest); +static void I2C_Disable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest); + +/* Private function to treat different error callback */ +static void I2C_TreatErrorCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); + +/* Private function to flush TXDR register */ +static void I2C_Flush_TXDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); + +/* Private function to handle start, restart or stop a transfer */ +static void I2C_TransferConfig(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode, + uint32_t Request); + +/* Private function to Convert Specific options */ +static void I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions I2C Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and + deinitialize the I2Cx peripheral: + + (+) User must Implement HAL_I2C_MspInit() function in which he configures + all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ). + + (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_Init() to configure the selected device with + the selected configuration: + (++) Clock Timing + (++) Own Address 1 + (++) Addressing mode (Master, Slave) + (++) Dual Addressing mode + (++) Own Address 2 + (++) Own Address 2 Mask + (++) General call mode + (++) Nostretch mode + + (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_DeInit() to restore the default configuration + of the selected I2Cx peripheral. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the I2C according to the specified parameters + * in the I2C_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Init(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Check the I2C handle allocation */ + if (hi2c == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ADDRESSING_MODE(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DUAL_ADDRESS(hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2Masks)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_GENERAL_CALL(hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_NO_STRETCH(hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hi2c->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Init the I2C Callback settings */ + hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterTxCpltCallback */ + hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterRxCpltCallback */ + hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveTxCpltCallback */ + hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveRxCpltCallback */ + hi2c->ListenCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak ListenCpltCallback */ + hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MemTxCpltCallback */ + hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MemRxCpltCallback */ + hi2c->ErrorCallback = HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */ + hi2c->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */ + hi2c->AddrCallback = HAL_I2C_AddrCallback; /* Legacy weak AddrCallback */ + + if (hi2c->MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + hi2c->MspInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */ + } + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */ + hi2c->MspInitCallback(hi2c); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */ + HAL_I2C_MspInit(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx TIMINGR Configuration ------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Frequency range */ + hi2c->Instance->TIMINGR = hi2c->Init.Timing & TIMING_CLEAR_MASK; + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Disable Own Address1 before set the Own Address1 configuration */ + hi2c->Instance->OAR1 &= ~I2C_OAR1_OA1EN; + + /* Configure I2Cx: Own Address1 and ack own address1 mode */ + if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT) + { + hi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (I2C_OAR1_OA1EN | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1); + } + else /* I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT */ + { + hi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (I2C_OAR1_OA1EN | I2C_OAR1_OA1MODE | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1); + } + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Addressing Master mode */ + if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR2 = (I2C_CR2_ADD10); + } + /* Enable the AUTOEND by default, and enable NACK (should be disable only during Slave process */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= (I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | I2C_CR2_NACK); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR2 Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Disable Own Address2 before set the Own Address2 configuration */ + hi2c->Instance->OAR2 &= ~I2C_DUALADDRESS_ENABLE; + + /* Configure I2Cx: Dual mode and Own Address2 */ + hi2c->Instance->OAR2 = (hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2 | (hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2Masks << 8)); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Generalcall and NoStretch mode */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 = (hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode | hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode); + + /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the I2C peripheral. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Check the I2C handle allocation */ + if (hi2c == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the I2C Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + if (hi2c->MspDeInitCallback == NULL) + { + hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */ + } + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + hi2c->MspDeInitCallback(hi2c); +#else + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the I2C MSP. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MspInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the I2C MSP. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +/** + * @brief Register a User I2C Callback + * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Tx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Rx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Tx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Rx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID Listen Complete callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Tx Transfer callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Rx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID Abort callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID + * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, HAL_I2C_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, + pI2C_CallbackTypeDef pCallback) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (pCallback == NULL) + { + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->ListenCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID : + hi2c->ErrorCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID : + hi2c->AbortCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + default : + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else if (HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET == hi2c->State) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + default : + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Unregister an I2C Callback + * I2C callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Tx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Rx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Tx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Rx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID Listen Complete callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Tx Transfer callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Rx Transfer completed callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID Abort callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, HAL_I2C_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterTxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterRxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveTxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveRxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->ListenCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak ListenCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MemTxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MemRxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID : + hi2c->ErrorCallback = HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID : + hi2c->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */ + break; + + default : + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else if (HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET == hi2c->State) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */ + break; + + case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */ + break; + + default : + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Register the Slave Address Match I2C Callback + * To be used instead of the weak HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() predefined callback + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pCallback pointer to the Address Match Callback function + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_RegisterAddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, pI2C_AddrCallbackTypeDef pCallback) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (pCallback == NULL) + { + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State) + { + hi2c->AddrCallback = pCallback; + } + else + { + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief UnRegister the Slave Address Match I2C Callback + * Info Ready I2C Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() predefined callback + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_UnRegisterAddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State) + { + hi2c->AddrCallback = HAL_I2C_AddrCallback; /* Legacy weak AddrCallback */ + } + else + { + /* Update the error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return status; +} + +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2C data + transfers. + + (#) There are two modes of transfer: + (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. + The status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated I2C IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + + (#) Blocking mode functions are : + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read() + (++) HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady() + + (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are : + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT() + + (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are : + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode: + (++) HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmits in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, + uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + } + + while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U) + { + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + + if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U)) + { + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + } + } + + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receives in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, + uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + } + + while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U) + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Read data from RXDR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U)) + { + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + } + } + + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + + /* If 10bit addressing mode is selected */ + if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT) + { + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + } + + /* Wait until DIR flag is set Transmitter mode */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_DIR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U) + { + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + + /* Wait until STOP flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Normal use case for Transmitter mode */ + /* A NACK is generated to confirm the end of transfer */ + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + + /* Wait until DIR flag is reset Receiver mode */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_DIR, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U) + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) + { + /* Read data from RXDR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Read data from RXDR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + + /* Wait until STOP flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear STOP flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, + uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t xfermode; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t xfermode; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, + uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t xfermode; + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Update Transfer ISR function pointer */ + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and generate START condition */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, + uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t xfermode; + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to read and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Update Transfer ISR function pointer */ + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to read and generate START condition */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA; + + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, ADDR interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA; + + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, ADDR interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} +/** + * @brief Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, + uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if (I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + + do + { + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + + if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U)) + { + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + } + + } while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U); + + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, + uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if (I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + } + + do + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Read data from RXDR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U)) + { + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t) hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + } + } while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U); + + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} +/** + * @brief Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, + uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + uint32_t xfermode; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if (I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, + uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + uint32_t xfermode; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if (I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} +/** + * @brief Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, + uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + uint32_t xfermode; + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if (I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Reads an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be read + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, + uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + uint32_t xfermode; + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if (I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks if target device is ready for communication. + * @note This function is used with Memory devices + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param Trials Number of trials + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Trials, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + + __IO uint32_t I2C_Trials = 0UL; + + FlagStatus tmp1; + FlagStatus tmp2; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + do + { + /* Generate Start */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 = I2C_GENERATE_START(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode, DevAddress); + + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is set or a NACK flag is set*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + while ((tmp1 == RESET) && (tmp2 == RESET)) + { + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + } + + /* Check if the NACKF flag has not been set */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == RESET) + { + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Device is ready */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Clear STOP Flag, auto generated with autoend*/ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + } + + /* Check if the maximum allowed number of trials has been reached */ + if (I2C_Trials == Trials) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP; + + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + } + + /* Increment Trials */ + I2C_Trials++; + } while (I2C_Trials < Trials); + + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt. + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, + uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + uint32_t xfermode; + uint32_t xferrequest = I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + /* If hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, use reload mode */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions; + } + + /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, do not generate Restart Condition */ + /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */ + if ((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) && (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 0)) + { + xferrequest = I2C_NO_STARTSTOP; + } + else + { + /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */ + I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hi2c); + + /* Update xfermode accordingly if no reload is necessary */ + if (hi2c->XferCount <= MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions; + } + } + + /* Send Slave Address and set NBYTES to write */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA. + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, + uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + uint32_t xfermode; + uint32_t xferrequest = I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE; + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA; + + /* If hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, use reload mode */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions; + } + + /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, do not generate Restart Condition */ + /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */ + if ((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) && (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 0)) + { + xferrequest = I2C_NO_STARTSTOP; + } + else + { + /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */ + I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hi2c); + + /* Update xfermode accordingly if no reload is necessary */ + if (hi2c->XferCount <= MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions; + } + } + + if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Send Slave Address and set NBYTES to write */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest); + + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Update Transfer ISR function pointer */ + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and generate START condition */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, + uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + uint32_t xfermode; + uint32_t xferrequest = I2C_GENERATE_START_READ; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + /* If hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, use reload mode */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions; + } + + /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, do not generate Restart Condition */ + /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */ + if ((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) && (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 0)) + { + xferrequest = I2C_NO_STARTSTOP; + } + else + { + /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */ + I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hi2c); + + /* Update xfermode accordingly if no reload is necessary */ + if (hi2c->XferCount <= MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions; + } + } + + /* Send Slave Address and set NBYTES to read */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, + uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + uint32_t xfermode; + uint32_t xferrequest = I2C_GENERATE_START_READ; + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA; + + /* If hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, use reload mode */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions; + } + + /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, do not generate Restart Condition */ + /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */ + if ((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) && (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 0)) + { + xferrequest = I2C_NO_STARTSTOP; + } + else + { + /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */ + I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hi2c); + + /* Update xfermode accordingly if no reload is necessary */ + if (hi2c->XferCount <= MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions; + } + } + + if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Send Slave Address and set NBYTES to read */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest); + + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Update Transfer ISR function pointer */ + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to read and generate START condition */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential transmit in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, + uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */ + /* and then toggle the HAL slave RX state to TX state */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN) + { + /* Disable associated Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx); + } + } + } + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT; + + if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */ + /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the Master */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* REnable ADDR interrupt */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential transmit in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, + uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */ + /* and then toggle the HAL slave RX state to TX state */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN) + { + /* Disable associated Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) + { + /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */ + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx); + } + } + } + } + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) + { + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */ + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx); + } + } + } + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA; + + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Reset XferSize */ + hi2c->XferSize = 0; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */ + /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the Master */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, ADDR interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential receive in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, + uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */ + /* and then toggle the HAL slave TX state to RX state */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) + { + /* Disable associated Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */ + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx); + } + } + } + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT; + + if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_TRANSMIT) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */ + /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the Master */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* REnable ADDR interrupt */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential receive in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, + uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */ + /* and then toggle the HAL slave TX state to RX state */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) + { + /* Disable associated Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) + { + /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */ + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx); + } + } + } + } + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN) + { + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */ + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx); + } + } + } + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA; + + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize); + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK) + { + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Reset XferSize */ + hi2c->XferSize = 0; + } + else + { + /* Update I2C state */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Update I2C error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_TRANSMIT) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */ + /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the Master */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* REnable ADDR interrupt */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Address listen mode with Interrupt. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT; + + /* Enable the Address Match interrupt */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Address listen mode with Interrupt. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of tmp to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + uint32_t tmp; + + /* Disable Address listen mode only if a transfer is not ongoing */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + tmp = (uint32_t)(hi2c->State) & I2C_STATE_MSK; + hi2c->PreviousState = tmp | (uint32_t)(hi2c->Mode); + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Disable the Address Match interrupt */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Abort a master I2C IT or DMA process communication with Interrupt. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress) +{ + if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Disable Interrupts and Store Previous state */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX; + } + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX; + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } + + /* Set State at HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT; + + /* Set NBYTES to 1 to generate a dummy read on I2C peripheral */ + /* Set AUTOEND mode, this will generate a NACK then STOP condition to abort the current transfer */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, 1, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_STOP); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Wrong usage of abort function */ + /* This function should be used only in case of abort monitored by master device */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_IRQ_Handler_and_Callbacks IRQ Handler and Callbacks + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C event interrupt request. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Get current IT Flags and IT sources value */ + uint32_t itflags = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->ISR); + uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR1); + + /* I2C events treatment -------------------------------------*/ + if (hi2c->XferISR != NULL) + { + hi2c->XferISR(hi2c, itflags, itsources); + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C error interrupt request. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + uint32_t itflags = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->ISR); + uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR1); + uint32_t tmperror; + + /* I2C Bus error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/ + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(itflags, I2C_FLAG_BERR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_ERRI) != RESET)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR; + + /* Clear BERR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BERR); + } + + /* I2C Over-Run/Under-Run interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/ + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(itflags, I2C_FLAG_OVR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_ERRI) != RESET)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR; + + /* Clear OVR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_OVR); + } + + /* I2C Arbitration Loss error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(itflags, I2C_FLAG_ARLO) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_ERRI) != RESET)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO; + + /* Clear ARLO flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ARLO); + } + + /* Store current volatile hi2c->ErrorCode, misra rule */ + tmperror = hi2c->ErrorCode; + + /* Call the Error Callback in case of Error detected */ + if ((tmperror & (HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR | HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR | HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO)) != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + I2C_ITError(hi2c, tmperror); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Master Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Master Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** @brief Slave Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Slave Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Slave Address Match callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param TransferDirection Master request Transfer Direction (Write/Read), value of @ref I2C_XFERDIRECTION + * @param AddrMatchCode Address Match Code + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t TransferDirection, uint16_t AddrMatchCode) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + UNUSED(TransferDirection); + UNUSED(AddrMatchCode); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Listen Complete callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Memory Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Memory Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief I2C error callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief I2C abort callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions + * @brief Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the I2C handle state. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetState(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Return I2C handle state */ + return hi2c->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the I2C Master, Slave, Memory or no mode. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval HAL mode + */ +HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetMode(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + return hi2c->Mode; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the I2C error code. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval I2C Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_I2C_GetError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + return hi2c->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2C_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Master Mode with Interrupt. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @param ITSources Interrupt sources enabled. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources) +{ + uint16_t devaddress; + uint32_t tmpITFlags = ITFlags; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET)) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Set corresponding Error Code */ + /* No need to generate STOP, it is automatically done */ + /* Error callback will be send during stop flag treatment */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_RXI) != RESET)) + { + /* Remove RXNE flag on temporary variable as read done */ + tmpITFlags &= ~I2C_FLAG_RXNE; + + /* Read data from RXDR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TXI) != RESET)) + { + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TCR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET)) + { + if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U)) + { + devaddress = (uint16_t)(hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD); + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + if (hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, hi2c->XferOptions, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + } + } + else + { + /* Call TxCpltCallback() if no stop mode is set */ + if (I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(hi2c) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE) + { + /* Call I2C Master Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */ + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE); + } + } + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TC) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET)) + { + if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U) + { + if (I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(hi2c) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE) + { + /* Generate a stop condition in case of no transfer option */ + if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP; + } + else + { + /* Call I2C Master Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(hi2c); + } + } + } + else + { + /* Wrong size Status regarding TC flag event */ + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE); + } + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET)) + { + /* Call I2C Master complete process */ + I2C_ITMasterCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Slave Mode with Interrupt. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @param ITSources Interrupt sources enabled. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources) +{ + uint32_t tmpoptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + uint32_t tmpITFlags = ITFlags; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if STOPF is set */ + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET)) + { + /* Call I2C Slave complete process */ + I2C_ITSlaveCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags); + } + + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET)) + { + /* Check that I2C transfer finished */ + /* if yes, normal use case, a NACK is sent by the MASTER when Transfer is finished */ + /* Mean XferCount == 0*/ + /* So clear Flag NACKF only */ + if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U) + { + /* Same action must be done for (tmpoptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME) which removed for Warning[Pa134]: left and right operands are identical */ + if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) && (tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME)) + { + /* Call I2C Listen complete process */ + I2C_ITListenCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags); + } + else if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) && (tmpoptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + + /* Last Byte is Transmitted */ + /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + } + } + else + { + /* if no, error use case, a Non-Acknowledge of last Data is generated by the MASTER*/ + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + + if ((tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || (tmpoptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME)) + { + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode); + } + } + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_RXI) != RESET)) + { + if (hi2c->XferCount > 0U) + { + /* Read data from RXDR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + + if ((hi2c->XferCount == 0U) && \ + (tmpoptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)) + { + /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c); + } + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) != RESET) && \ + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_ADDRI) != RESET)) + { + I2C_ITAddrCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags); + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TXI) != RESET)) + { + /* Write data to TXDR only if XferCount not reach "0" */ + /* A TXIS flag can be set, during STOP treatment */ + /* Check if all data have already been sent */ + /* If it is the case, this last write in TXDR is not sent, correspond to a dummy TXIS event */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > 0U) + { + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + } + else + { + if ((tmpoptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME) || (tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME)) + { + /* Last Byte is Transmitted */ + /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c); + } + } + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Master Mode with DMA. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @param ITSources Interrupt sources enabled. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources) +{ + uint16_t devaddress; + uint32_t xfermode; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET)) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Set corresponding Error Code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + + /* No need to generate STOP, it is automatically done */ + /* But enable STOP interrupt, to treat it */ + /* Error callback will be send during stop flag treatment */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT); + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TCR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET)) + { + /* Disable TC interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_TCI); + + if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Recover Slave address */ + devaddress = (uint16_t)(hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD); + + /* Prepare the new XferSize to transfer */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + if (hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME) + { + xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions; + } + else + { + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + } + + /* Set the new XferSize in Nbytes register */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + } + else + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + } + } + else + { + /* Call TxCpltCallback() if no stop mode is set */ + if (I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(hi2c) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE) + { + /* Call I2C Master Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */ + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE); + } + } + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TC) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET)) + { + if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U) + { + if (I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(hi2c) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE) + { + /* Generate a stop condition in case of no transfer option */ + if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP; + } + else + { + /* Call I2C Master Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(hi2c); + } + } + } + else + { + /* Wrong size Status regarding TC flag event */ + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE); + } + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET)) + { + /* Call I2C Master complete process */ + I2C_ITMasterCplt(hi2c, ITFlags); + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Slave Mode with DMA. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @param ITSources Interrupt sources enabled. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources) +{ + uint32_t tmpoptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + uint32_t treatdmanack = 0U; + HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef tmpstate; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if STOPF is set */ + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET)) + { + /* Call I2C Slave complete process */ + I2C_ITSlaveCplt(hi2c, ITFlags); + } + + if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET)) + { + /* Check that I2C transfer finished */ + /* if yes, normal use case, a NACK is sent by the MASTER when Transfer is finished */ + /* Mean XferCount == 0 */ + /* So clear Flag NACKF only */ + if ((I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) != RESET) || + (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) != RESET)) + { + /* Split check of hdmarx, for MISRA compliance */ + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) != RESET) + { + if (__HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(hi2c->hdmarx) == 0U) + { + treatdmanack = 1U; + } + } + } + + /* Split check of hdmatx, for MISRA compliance */ + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) != RESET) + { + if (__HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(hi2c->hdmatx) == 0U) + { + treatdmanack = 1U; + } + } + } + + if (treatdmanack == 1U) + { + /* Same action must be done for (tmpoptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME) which removed for Warning[Pa134]: left and right operands are identical */ + if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) && (tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME)) + { + /* Call I2C Listen complete process */ + I2C_ITListenCplt(hi2c, ITFlags); + } + else if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) && (tmpoptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + + /* Last Byte is Transmitted */ + /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + } + } + else + { + /* if no, error use case, a Non-Acknowledge of last Data is generated by the MASTER*/ + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + + /* Store current hi2c->State, solve MISRA2012-Rule-13.5 */ + tmpstate = hi2c->State; + + if ((tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || (tmpoptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME)) + { + if ((tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN)) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX; + } + else if ((tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) || (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX; + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode); + } + } + } + else + { + /* Only Clear NACK Flag, no DMA treatment is pending */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + } + } + else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_ADDRI) != RESET)) + { + I2C_ITAddrCplt(hi2c, ITFlags); + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for write request. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, + uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)MemAddSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */ + if (MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Send Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */ + else + { + /* Send MSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress); + + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Send LSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for read request. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, + uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)MemAddSize, I2C_SOFTEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */ + if (MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Send Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */ + else + { + /* Send MSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress); + + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Send LSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + + /* Wait until TC flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Address complete process callback. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITAddrCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags) +{ + uint8_t transferdirection; + uint16_t slaveaddrcode; + uint16_t ownadd1code; + uint16_t ownadd2code; + + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(ITFlags); + + /* In case of Listen state, need to inform upper layer of address match code event */ + if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + transferdirection = I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c); + slaveaddrcode = I2C_GET_ADDR_MATCH(hi2c); + ownadd1code = I2C_GET_OWN_ADDRESS1(hi2c); + ownadd2code = I2C_GET_OWN_ADDRESS2(hi2c); + + /* If 10bits addressing mode is selected */ + if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT) + { + if ((slaveaddrcode & SlaveAddr_MSK) == ((ownadd1code >> SlaveAddr_SHIFT) & SlaveAddr_MSK)) + { + slaveaddrcode = ownadd1code; + hi2c->AddrEventCount++; + if (hi2c->AddrEventCount == 2U) + { + /* Reset Address Event counter */ + hi2c->AddrEventCount = 0U; + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call Slave Addr callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode); +#else + HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + else + { + slaveaddrcode = ownadd2code; + + /* Disable ADDR Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call Slave Addr callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode); +#else + HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + /* else 7 bits addressing mode is selected */ + else + { + /* Disable ADDR Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call Slave Addr callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode); +#else + HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + /* Else clear address flag only */ + else + { + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + } +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Master sequential complete process. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Reset I2C handle mode */ + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* No Generate Stop, to permit restart mode */ + /* The stop will be done at the end of transfer, when I2C_AUTOEND_MODE enable */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Disable Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + /* hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX */ + else + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Disable Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Slave sequential complete process. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr1value = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR1); + + /* Reset I2C handle mode */ + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* If a DMA is ongoing, Update handle size context */ + if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(tmpcr1value, I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) != RESET) + { + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + } + else if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(tmpcr1value, I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) != RESET) + { + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) + { + /* Remove HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX, keep only HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Disable Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN) + { + /* Remove HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX, keep only HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Disable Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Master complete process. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITMasterCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags) +{ + uint32_t tmperror; + uint32_t tmpITFlags = ITFlags; + __IO uint32_t tmpreg; + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Disable Interrupts and Store Previous state */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX; + } + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX; + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + /* Reset handle parameters */ + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + + if (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Set acknowledge error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + + /* Fetch Last receive data if any */ + if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT) && (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET)) + { + /* Read data from RXDR */ + tmpreg = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + UNUSED(tmpreg); + } + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + + /* Store current volatile hi2c->ErrorCode, misra rule */ + tmperror = hi2c->ErrorCode; + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT) || (tmperror != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)) + { + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode); + } + /* hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX */ + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + + if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + /* hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX */ + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + + if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Slave complete process. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITSlaveCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr1value = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR1); + uint32_t tmpITFlags = ITFlags; + HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef tmpstate = hi2c->State; + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Disable Interrupts and Store Previous state */ + if ((tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN)) + { + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX; + } + else if ((tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) || (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)) + { + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX; + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } + + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + + /* If a DMA is ongoing, Update handle size context */ + if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(tmpcr1value, I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) != RESET) + { + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + hi2c->XferCount = (uint16_t)__HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(hi2c->hdmatx); + } + } + else if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(tmpcr1value, I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) != RESET) + { + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + hi2c->XferCount = (uint16_t)__HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(hi2c->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + /* Do nothing */ + } + + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) + { + /* Remove RXNE flag on temporary variable as read done */ + tmpITFlags &= ~I2C_FLAG_RXNE; + + /* Read data from RXDR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + if ((hi2c->XferSize > 0U)) + { + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + } + + /* All data are not transferred, so set error code accordingly */ + if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + if (hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode); + + /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + /* Call I2C Listen complete process */ + I2C_ITListenCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags); + } + } + else if (hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME) + { + /* Call the Sequential Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Transfer */ + I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c); + + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->ListenCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Listen complete process. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITListenCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags) +{ + /* Reset handle parameters */ + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) + { + /* Read data from RXDR */ + *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + + /* Increment Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr++; + + if ((hi2c->XferSize > 0U)) + { + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + } + + /* Disable all Interrupts*/ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->ListenCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief I2C interrupts error process. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @param ErrorCode Error code to handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ErrorCode) +{ + HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef tmpstate = hi2c->State; + uint32_t tmppreviousstate; + + /* Reset handle parameters */ + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferCount = 0U; + + /* Set new error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= ErrorCode; + + /* Disable Interrupts */ + if ((tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) || + (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) || + (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)) + { + /* Disable all interrupts, except interrupts related to LISTEN state */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* keep HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN if set */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable all interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* If state is an abort treatment on going, don't change state */ + /* This change will be do later */ + if (hi2c->State != HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT) + { + /* Set HAL_I2C_STATE_READY */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + } + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + } + + /* Abort DMA TX transfer if any */ + tmppreviousstate = hi2c->PreviousState; + if ((hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) && ((tmppreviousstate == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || \ + (tmppreviousstate == I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX))) + { + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + } + + if (HAL_DMA_GetState(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_DMA_STATE_READY) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx); + } + } + else + { + I2C_TreatErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + } + /* Abort DMA RX transfer if any */ + else if ((hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) && ((tmppreviousstate == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) || \ + (tmppreviousstate == I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX))) + { + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + } + + if (HAL_DMA_GetState(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_DMA_STATE_READY) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + I2C_TreatErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + } + else + { + I2C_TreatErrorCallback(hi2c); + } +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Error callback treatment. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_TreatErrorCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->AbortCpltCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ +#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + hi2c->ErrorCallback(hi2c); +#else + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); +#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Tx data register flush process. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_Flush_TXDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* If a pending TXIS flag is set */ + /* Write a dummy data in TXDR to clear it */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET) + { + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = 0x00U; + } + + /* Flush TX register if not empty */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE) == RESET) + { + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C master transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + /* If last transfer, enable STOP interrupt */ + if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U) + { + /* Enable STOP interrupt */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT); + } + /* else prepare a new DMA transfer and enable TCReload interrupt */ + else + { + /* Update Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr += hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Set the XferSize to transfer */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + } + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA); + } + else + { + /* Enable TC interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C slave transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + uint32_t tmpoptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + + if ((tmpoptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME) || (tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME)) + { + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + /* Last Byte is Transmitted */ + /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* No specific action, Master fully manage the generation of STOP condition */ + /* Mean that this generation can arrive at any time, at the end or during DMA process */ + /* So STOP condition should be manage through Interrupt treatment */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C master receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + /* If last transfer, enable STOP interrupt */ + if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U) + { + /* Enable STOP interrupt */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT); + } + /* else prepare a new DMA transfer and enable TCReload interrupt */ + else + { + /* Update Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr += hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Set the XferSize to transfer */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + } + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, hi2c->XferSize) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA); + } + else + { + /* Enable TC interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C slave receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + uint32_t tmpoptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + + if ((__HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(hi2c->hdmarx) == 0U) && \ + (tmpoptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)) + { + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* No specific action, Master fully manage the generation of STOP condition */ + /* Mean that this generation can arrive at any time, at the end or during DMA process */ + /* So STOP condition should be manage through Interrupt treatment */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C communication error callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C communication abort callback + * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */ + + /* Reset AbortCpltCallback */ + if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) + { + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) + { + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + + I2C_TreatErrorCallback(hi2c); +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Flag Specifies the I2C flag to check. + * @param Status The new Flag status (SET or RESET). + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, + uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) == Status) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of TXIS flag. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) == RESET) + { + /* Check if a NACK is detected */ + if (I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of STOP flag. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET) + { + /* Check if a NACK is detected */ + if (I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of RXNE flag. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == RESET) + { + /* Check if a NACK is detected */ + if (I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check if a STOPF is detected */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) + { + /* Check if an RXNE is pending */ + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) && (hi2c->XferSize > 0U)) + { + /* Return HAL_OK */ + /* The Reading of data from RXDR will be done in caller function */ + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Acknowledge failed detection during an I2C Communication. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) + { + /* Wait until STOP Flag is reset */ + /* AutoEnd should be initiate after AF */ + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + + /* Clear NACKF Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handles I2Cx communication when starting transfer or during transfer (TC or TCR flag are set). + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @param DevAddress Specifies the slave address to be programmed. + * @param Size Specifies the number of bytes to be programmed. + * This parameter must be a value between 0 and 255. + * @param Mode New state of the I2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref I2C_RELOAD_MODE Enable Reload mode . + * @arg @ref I2C_AUTOEND_MODE Enable Automatic end mode. + * @arg @ref I2C_SOFTEND_MODE Enable Software end mode. + * @param Request New state of the I2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref I2C_NO_STARTSTOP Don't Generate stop and start condition. + * @arg @ref I2C_GENERATE_STOP Generate stop condition (Size should be set to 0). + * @arg @ref I2C_GENERATE_START_READ Generate Restart for read request. + * @arg @ref I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE Generate Restart for write request. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_TransferConfig(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode, + uint32_t Request) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TRANSFER_MODE(Mode)); + assert_param(IS_TRANSFER_REQUEST(Request)); + + /* update CR2 register */ + MODIFY_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR2, + ((I2C_CR2_SADD | I2C_CR2_NBYTES | I2C_CR2_RELOAD | I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | \ + (I2C_CR2_RD_WRN & (uint32_t)(Request >> (31U - I2C_CR2_RD_WRN_Pos))) | I2C_CR2_START | I2C_CR2_STOP)), \ + (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)DevAddress & I2C_CR2_SADD) | + (((uint32_t)Size << I2C_CR2_NBYTES_Pos) & I2C_CR2_NBYTES) | (uint32_t)Mode | (uint32_t)Request)); +} + +/** + * @brief Manage the enabling of Interrupts. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param InterruptRequest Value of @ref I2C_Interrupt_configuration_definition. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_Enable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest) +{ + uint32_t tmpisr = 0U; + + if ((hi2c->XferISR == I2C_Master_ISR_DMA) || \ + (hi2c->XferISR == I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA)) + { + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) == I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) + { + /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK and ADDR interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI; + } + + if (InterruptRequest == I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT) + { + /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_NACKI; + } + + if (InterruptRequest == I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT) + { + /* Enable STOP interrupts */ + tmpisr |= (I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_TCI); + } + + if (InterruptRequest == I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT) + { + /* Enable TC interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI; + } + } + else + { + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) == I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) + { + /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, and ADDR interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI; + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_TX_IT) == I2C_XFER_TX_IT) + { + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK and RXI interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_TXI; + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_RX_IT) == I2C_XFER_RX_IT) + { + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK and TXI interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_RXI; + } + + if (InterruptRequest == I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT) + { + /* Enable STOP interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI; + } + } + + /* Enable interrupts only at the end */ + /* to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before */ + /* all interrupts requested done */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, tmpisr); +} + +/** + * @brief Manage the disabling of Interrupts. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param InterruptRequest Value of @ref I2C_Interrupt_configuration_definition. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_Disable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest) +{ + uint32_t tmpisr = 0U; + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_TX_IT) == I2C_XFER_TX_IT) + { + /* Disable TC and TXI interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_TXI; + + if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) != (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + /* Disable NACK and STOP interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI; + } + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_RX_IT) == I2C_XFER_RX_IT) + { + /* Disable TC and RXI interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_RXI; + + if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) != (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + /* Disable NACK and STOP interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI; + } + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) == I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) + { + /* Disable ADDR, NACK and STOP interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI; + } + + if (InterruptRequest == I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT) + { + /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_NACKI; + } + + if (InterruptRequest == I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT) + { + /* Enable STOP interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI; + } + + if (InterruptRequest == I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT) + { + /* Enable TC interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI; + } + + /* Disable interrupts only at the end */ + /* to avoid a breaking situation like at "t" time */ + /* all disable interrupts request are not done */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, tmpisr); +} + +/** + * @brief Convert I2Cx OTHER_xxx XferOptions to functional XferOptions. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* if user set XferOptions to I2C_OTHER_FRAME */ + /* it request implicitly to generate a restart condition */ + /* set XferOptions to I2C_FIRST_FRAME */ + if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_OTHER_FRAME) + { + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_FIRST_FRAME; + } + /* else if user set XferOptions to I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME */ + /* it request implicitly to generate a restart condition */ + /* then generate a stop condition at the end of transfer */ + /* set XferOptions to I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME */ + else if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME) + { + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME; + } + else + { + /* Nothing to do */ + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8708800 --- /dev/null +++ b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,337 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of I2C Extended peripheral: + * + Extended features functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### I2C peripheral Extended features ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32L0xx + devices contains the following additional features + + (+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter + (+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter + (+) Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode(s) + (+) Disable or enable Fast Mode Plus + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter and Wake Up Feature + (#) Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter() + (#) Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter() + (#) Configure the enable or disable of I2C Wake Up Mode using the functions : + (++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp() + (++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp() + (#) Configure the enable or disable of fast mode plus driving capability using the functions : + (++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus() + (++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus() + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved.

+ * + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2CEx I2CEx + * @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions I2C Extended Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions + * @brief Extended features functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended features functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure Noise Filters + (+) Configure Wake Up Feature + (+) Configure Fast Mode Plus + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configure I2C Analog noise filter. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral. + * @param AnalogFilter New state of the Analog filter. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* Reset I2Cx ANOFF bit */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_ANFOFF); + + /* Set analog filter bit*/ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogFilter; + + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configure I2C Digital noise filter. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral. + * @param DigitalFilter Coefficient of digital noise filter between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x0F. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->CR1; + + /* Reset I2Cx DNF bits [11:8] */ + tmpreg &= ~(I2C_CR1_DNF); + + /* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */ + tmpreg |= DigitalFilter << 8U; + + /* Store the new register value */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 = tmpreg; + + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s). + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_WUPEN; + + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Disable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s). + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_WUPEN); + + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +#if (defined(SYSCFG_CFGR2_I2C_PB6_FMP) || defined(SYSCFG_CFGR2_I2C_PB7_FMP)) || (defined(SYSCFG_CFGR2_I2C_PB8_FMP) || defined(SYSCFG_CFGR2_I2C_PB9_FMP)) || (defined(SYSCFG_CFGR2_I2C1_FMP)) || defined(SYSCFG_CFGR2_I2C2_FMP) || defined(SYSCFG_CFGR2_I2C3_FMP) +/** + * @brief Enable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability. + * @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin. + * This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values + * @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on all selected + * I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently + * on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9. + * @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability + * can be enabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter. + * @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled + * only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter. + * @note For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled + * only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus)); + + /* Enable SYSCFG clock */ + __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE(); + + /* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */ + SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR2, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability. + * @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin. + * This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values + * @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled on all selected + * I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently + * on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9. + * @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability + * can be disabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter. + * @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled + * only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter. + * @note For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled + * only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus)); + + /* Enable SYSCFG clock */ + __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE(); + + /* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */ + CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR2, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus); +} + +#endif +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_pwr.c b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_pwr.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3564bc --- /dev/null +++ b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_pwr.c @@ -0,0 +1,733 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l0xx_hal_pwr.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief PWR HAL module driver. + * + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral: + * + Initialization/de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© Copyright(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved.

+ * + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l0xx_hal.h" + +#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED +/** @addtogroup STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup PWR + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup PWR_Private + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(PWR_PVD_SUPPORT) +/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode_Mask PWR PVD Mode Mask + * @{ + */ +#define PVD_MODE_IT (0x00010000U) +#define PVD_MODE_EVT (0x00020000U) +#define PVD_RISING_EDGE (0x00000001U) +#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE (0x00000002U) +/** + * @} + */ +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 + * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the HAL PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void) +{ + __HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET(); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 + * @brief Low Power modes configuration functions + * +@verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + *** Backup domain *** + ========================= + [..] + After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data + registers) is protected against possible unwanted + write accesses. + To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows: + (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro. + (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function. + + *** PVD configuration *** + ========================= + [..] + (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a + threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR). + (+) The PVD can use an external input analog voltage (PVD_IN) which is compared + internally to VREFINT. The PVD_IN (PB7) has to be configured in Analog mode + when PWR_PVDLevel_7 is selected (PLS[2:0] = 111). + + (+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower + than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI + line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro. + (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode. + (+) The PVD feature is not supported on L0 Value line. + + *** WakeUp pin configuration *** + ================================ + [..] + (+) WakeUp pin is used to wake up the system from Standby mode. This pin is + forced in input pull-down configuration and is active on rising edges. + (+) There are two WakeUp pins: + WakeUp Pin 1 on PA.00. + WakeUp Pin 2 on PC.13. + WakeUp Pin 3 on PE.06 . + + + [..] + *** Main and Backup Regulators configuration *** + ================================================ + + (+) The main internal regulator can be configured to have a tradeoff between + performance and power consumption when the device does not operate at + the maximum frequency. This is done through __HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG() + macro which configures the two VOS bits in PWR_CR register: + (++) PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1 (VOS bits = 01), the regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode selected and + the System frequency can go up to 32 MHz. + (++) PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2 (VOS bits = 10), the regulator voltage output Scale 2 mode selected and + the System frequency can go up to 16 MHz. + (++) PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3 (VOS bits = 11), the regulator voltage output Scale 3 mode selected and + the System frequency can go up to 4.2 MHz. + + Refer to the datasheets for more details. + + *** Low Power modes configuration *** + ===================================== + [..] + The device features 5 low-power modes: + (+) Low power run mode: regulator in low power mode, limited clock frequency, + limited number of peripherals running. + (+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M0+ core stopped, peripherals kept running. + (+) Low power sleep mode: Cortex-M0+ core stopped, limited clock frequency, + limited number of peripherals running, regulator in low power mode. + (+) Stop mode: All clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator in low power mode. + (+) Standby mode: VCORE domain powered off + + *** Low power run mode *** + ========================= + [..] + To further reduce the consumption when the system is in Run mode, the regulator can be + configured in low power mode. In this mode, the system frequency should not exceed + MSI frequency range1. + In Low power run mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + + (+) Entry: + (++) VCORE in range2 + (++) Decrease the system frequency not to exceed the frequency of MSI frequency range1. + (++) The regulator is forced in low power mode using the HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode() + function. + (+) Exit: + (++) The regulator is forced in Main regulator mode using the HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() + function. + (++) Increase the system frequency if needed. + + *** Sleep mode *** + ================== + [..] + (+) Entry: + The Sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx) + functions with + (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction + (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction + + (+) Exit: + (++) Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt + controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode. If the WFE instruction was used to enter sleep mode, + the MCU exits Sleep mode as soon as an event occurs. + + *** Low power sleep mode *** + ============================ + [..] + (+) Entry: + The Low power sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx) + functions with + (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction + (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction + (+) The Flash memory can be switched off by using the control bits (SLEEP_PD in the FLASH_ACR register. + This reduces power consumption but increases the wake-up time. + + (+) Exit: + (++) If the WFI instruction was used to enter Low power sleep mode, any peripheral interrupt + acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt controller (NVIC) can wake up the device + from Low power sleep mode. If the WFE instruction was used to enter Low power sleep mode, + the MCU exits Sleep mode as soon as an event occurs. + + *** Stop mode *** + ================= + [..] + The Stop mode is based on the Cortex-M0+ deepsleep mode combined with peripheral + clock gating. The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode. + In Stop mode, all clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped, the PLL, the MSI, the HSI and + the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents are preserved. + To get the lowest consumption in Stop mode, the internal Flash memory also enters low + power mode. When the Flash memory is in power-down mode, an additional startup delay is + incurred when waking up from Stop mode. + To minimize the consumption In Stop mode, VREFINT, the BOR, PVD, and temperature + sensor can be switched off before entering Stop mode. They can be switched on again by + software after exiting Stop mode using the ULP bit in the PWR_CR register. + In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + + (+) Entry: + The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode + function with: + (++) Main regulator ON. + (++) Low Power regulator ON. + (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction + (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction + (+) Exit: + (++) By issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event, the MSI or HSI16 RC + oscillator is selected as system clock depending the bit STOPWUCK in the RCC_CFGR + register + + *** Standby mode *** + ==================== + [..] + The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based on the + Cortex-M0+ deepsleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled. The VCORE domain is + consequently powered off. The PLL, the MSI, the HSI oscillator and the HSE oscillator are + also switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost except for the RTC registers, RTC + backup registers and Standby circuitry. + + To minimize the consumption In Standby mode, VREFINT, the BOR, PVD, and temperature + sensor can be switched off before entering the Standby mode. They can be switched + on again by software after exiting the Standby mode. + function. + + (+) Entry: + (++) The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function. + (+) Exit: + (++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wakeup, + tamper event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset. + + *** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode *** + ============================================= + [..] + The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC + Wakeup event, a tamper event, a time-stamp event, or a comparator event, + without depending on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode). + + (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to: + (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 17 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt + or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. + (+++) Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function + (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the RTC_SetAlarm() + and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions. + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it + is necessary to: + (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 19 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt + or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. + (+++) Enable the RTC Tamper or time stamp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() + function. + (+++) Configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the + RTC_TimeStampConfig(), RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() + functions. + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to: + (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 20 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt + or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. + (+++) Enable the RTC WakeUp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function. + (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(), + RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and RTC_WakeUpCmd() functions. + + (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Standby mode + (++) To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to: + (+++) Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function. + (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the RTC_SetAlarm() + and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions. + (++) To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it + is necessary to: + (+++) Enable the RTC Tamper or time stamp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() + function. + (+++) Configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the + RTC_TimeStampConfig(), RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() + functions. + (++) To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to: + (+++) Enable the RTC WakeUp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function + (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(), + RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and RTC_WakeUpCmd() functions. + + (+) Comparator auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an comparator 1 or comparator 2 wakeup + event, it is necessary to: + (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 21 for comparator 1 or EXTI Line 22 for comparator 2 + to be sensitive to to the selected edges (falling, rising or falling + and rising) (Interrupt or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. + (+++) Configure the comparator to generate the event. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC + * backup data registers ). + * @note If the HSE divided by 2, 4, 8 or 16 is used as the RTC clock, the + * Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void) +{ + /* Enable access to RTC and backup registers */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables access to the backup domain + * @note Applies to RTC registers, RTC backup data registers. + * @note If the HSE divided by 2, 4, 8 or 16 is used as the RTC clock, the + * Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void) +{ + /* Disable access to RTC and backup registers */ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP); +} + +#if defined(PWR_PVD_SUPPORT) +/** + * @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @param sConfigPVD pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration + * information for the PVD. + * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for + * more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each + * detection level. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode)); + + /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PVDLevel value */ + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel); + + /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */ + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT(); + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT(); + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + + /* Configure interrupt mode */ + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + } + + /* Configure event mode */ + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT(); + } + + /* Configure the edge */ + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + } + + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void) +{ + /* Enable the power voltage detector */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PVDE); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void) +{ + /* Disable the power voltage detector */ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PVDE); +} +#endif /* PWR_PVD_SUPPORT */ + +/** + * @brief Enables the WakeUp PINx functionality. + * @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to enable. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1 + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3 for stm32l07xxx and stm32l08xxx devices only. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx)); + /* Enable the EWUPx pin */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CSR, WakeUpPinx); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the WakeUp PINx functionality. + * @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1 + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3 for stm32l07xxx and stm32l08xxx devices only. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx)); + /* Disable the EWUPx pin */ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CSR, WakeUpPinx); +} + +/** + * @brief Enters Sleep mode. + * @note In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in SLEEP mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with regulator ON + * @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with low power regulator ON + * @param SLEEPEntry: Specifies if SLEEP mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt have to be disabled if not desired as + * the interrupt wake up source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction + * @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + uint32_t ulpbit, vrefinbit; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry)); + + /* It is forbidden to configure both EN_VREFINT=1 and ULP=1 if the device is + in Stop mode or in Sleep/Low-power sleep mode */ + ulpbit = READ_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_ULP); + vrefinbit = READ_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR3, SYSCFG_CFGR3_EN_VREFINT); + if((ulpbit != 0) && (vrefinbit != 0)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_ULP); + } + + /* Select the regulator state in Sleep mode ---------------------------------*/ + tmpreg = PWR->CR; + + /* Clear PDDS and LPDS bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(tmpreg, (PWR_CR_PDDS | PWR_CR_LPSDSR)); + + /* Set LPSDSR bit according to PWR_Regulator value */ + SET_BIT(tmpreg, Regulator); + + /* Store the new value */ + PWR->CR = tmpreg; + + /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk); + + /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/ + if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __SEV(); + __WFE(); + __WFE(); + } + + if((ulpbit != 0) && (vrefinbit != 0)) + { + SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_ULP); + } + + /* Additional NOP to ensure all pending instructions are flushed before entering low power mode */ + __NOP(); + +} + +/** + * @brief Enters Stop mode. + * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event, + * MSI or HSI16 RCoscillator is selected as system clock depending + * the bit STOPWUCK in the RCC_CFGR register. + * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional + * startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode. + * By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption + * is higher although the startup time is reduced. + * @note Before entering in this function, it is important to ensure that the WUF + * wakeup flag is cleared. To perform this action, it is possible to call the + * following macro : __HAL_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_WU) + * + * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with regulator ON + * @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with low power regulator ON + * @param STOPEntry: Specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction + * @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + uint32_t ulpbit, vrefinbit; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry)); + + /* It is forbidden to configure both EN_VREFINT=1 and ULP=1 if the device is + in Stop mode or in Sleep/Low-power sleep mode */ + ulpbit = READ_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_ULP); + vrefinbit = READ_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR3, SYSCFG_CFGR3_EN_VREFINT); + if((ulpbit != 0) && (vrefinbit != 0)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_ULP); + } + + /* Select the regulator state in Stop mode ---------------------------------*/ + tmpreg = PWR->CR; + + /* Clear PDDS and LPDS bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(tmpreg, (PWR_CR_PDDS | PWR_CR_LPSDSR)); + + /* Set LPSDSR bit according to PWR_Regulator value */ + SET_BIT(tmpreg, Regulator); + + /* Store the new value */ + PWR->CR = tmpreg; + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk); + + /* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/ + if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __SEV(); + __WFE(); + __WFE(); + } + + /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk); + + if((ulpbit != 0) && (vrefinbit != 0)) + { + SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_ULP); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enters Standby mode. + * @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for: + * - Reset pad (still available) + * - RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) if configured for tamper, time-stamp, RTC + * Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out. + * - RTC_AF2 pin (PC13) if configured for tamper. + * - WKUP pin 1 (PA00) if enabled. + * - WKUP pin 2 (PC13) if enabled. + * - WKUP pin 3 (PE06) if enabled, for stm32l07xxx and stm32l08xxx devices only. + * - WKUP pin 3 (PA02) if enabled, for stm32l031xx devices only. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void) +{ + /* Select Standby mode */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PDDS); + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk); + + /* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */ +#if defined ( __CC_ARM) + __force_stores(); +#endif + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode. + * @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor + * re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over. + * Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on + * interruptions handling. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void) +{ + /* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode. + * @note Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor + * re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void) +{ + /* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Enables CORTEX M0+ SEVONPEND bit. + * @note Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes + * WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void) +{ + /* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Disables CORTEX M0+ SEVONPEND bit. + * @note Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes + * WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void) +{ + /* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk)); +} + +#if defined(PWR_PVD_SUPPORT) +/** + * @brief This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request. + * @note This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler(). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void) +{ + /* Check PWR exti flag */ + if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET) + { + /* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */ + HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(); + + /* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */ + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); + } +} + +/** + * @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} +#endif /* PWR_PVD_SUPPORT */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ + diff --git a/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_pwr_ex.c b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_pwr_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f20f7f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_pwr_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l0xx_hal_pwr_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief Extended PWR HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral: + * + Extended Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + Extended Peripheral Control functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© Copyright(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved.

+ * + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l0xx_hal.h" + +#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED +/** @addtogroup STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup PWREx + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup PWREx_Private + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Extended_TimeOut_Value PWREx Flag Setting Time Out Value + * @{ + */ +#define PWR_FLAG_SETTING_DELAY_US 50U +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @addtogroup PWREx_Exported_Functions + * @brief Low Power modes configuration functions + * +@verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral extended features functions ##### + =============================================================================== +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return Voltage Scaling Range. + * @retval VOS bit field (PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1, PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2 or PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3) + */ +uint32_t HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange(void) +{ + return (PWR->CR & PWR_CR_VOS); +} + + +/** + * @brief Enables the Fast WakeUp from Ultra Low Power mode. + * @note This bit works in conjunction with ULP bit. + * Means, when ULP = 1 and FWU = 1 :VREFINT startup time is ignored when + * exiting from low power mode. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnableFastWakeUp(void) +{ + /* Enable the fast wake up */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FWU); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the Fast WakeUp from Ultra Low Power mode. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_DisableFastWakeUp(void) +{ + /* Disable the fast wake up */ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FWU); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the Ultra Low Power mode + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnableUltraLowPower(void) +{ + /* Enable the Ultra Low Power mode */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_ULP); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the Ultra Low Power mode + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_DisableUltraLowPower(void) +{ + /* Disable the Ultra Low Power mode */ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_ULP); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Low Power Run mode. + * @note Low power run mode can only be entered when VCORE is in range 2. + * In addition, the dynamic voltage scaling must not be used when Low + * power run mode is selected. Only Stop and Sleep modes with regulator + * configured in Low power mode is allowed when Low power run mode is + * selected. + * @note The frequency of the system clock must be decreased to not exceed the + * frequency of RCC_MSIRANGE_1. + * @note In Low power run mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode(void) +{ + /* Enters the Low Power Run mode */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_LPSDSR); + SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_LPRUN); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Low Power Run mode. + * @note Before HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() completion, the function checks that + * REGLPF has been properly reset (otherwise, HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode + * returns HAL_TIMEOUT status). The system clock frequency can then be + * increased above 2 MHz. + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode(void) +{ + uint32_t wait_loop_index = 0U; + + /* Exit the Low Power Run mode */ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_LPRUN); + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_LPSDSR); + + /* Wait until REGLPF is reset */ + wait_loop_index = (PWR_FLAG_SETTING_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000U)); + + while ((wait_loop_index != 0U) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->CSR, PWR_CSR_REGLPF))) + { + wait_loop_index--; + } + + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->CSR, PWR_CSR_REGLPF)) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ + diff --git a/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_rcc.c b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_rcc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4f737b --- /dev/null +++ b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_rcc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1504 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l0xx_hal_rcc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief RCC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Reset and Clock Control (RCC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### RCC specific features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + After reset the device is running from multispeed internal oscillator clock + (MSI 2.097MHz) with Flash 0 wait state and Flash prefetch buffer is disabled, + and all peripherals are off except internal SRAM, Flash and JTAG. + (+) There is no prescaler on High speed (AHB) and Low speed (APB) buses; + all peripherals mapped on these buses are running at MSI speed. + (+) The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH. + (+) All GPIOs are in input floating state, except the JTAG pins which + are assigned to be used for debug purpose. + [..] Once the device started from reset, the user application has to: + (+) Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock + (if the application needs higher frequency/performance) + (+) Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings + (+) Configure the AHB and APB buses prescalers + (+) Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used + (+) Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals whose clocks are not + derived from the System clock (I2S, RTC, ADC, USB OTG FS/SDIO/RNG) + (*) SDIO only for STM32L0xxxD devices + + ##### RCC Limitations ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + A delay between an RCC peripheral clock enable and the effective peripheral + enabling should be taken into account in order to manage the peripheral read/write + from/to registers. + (+) This delay depends on the peripheral mapping. + (++) AHB & APB peripherals, 1 dummy read is necessary + + [..] + Workarounds: + (#) For AHB & APB peripherals, a dummy read to the peripheral register has been + inserted in each __HAL_RCC_PPP_CLK_ENABLE() macro. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© Copyright(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved.

+ * + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause + * + ****************************************************************************** +*/ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC RCC +* @brief RCC HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Macros RCC Private Macros + * @{ + */ + +#define MCO1_CLK_ENABLE() __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE() +#define MCO1_GPIO_PORT GPIOA +#define MCO1_PIN GPIO_PIN_8 + +#define MCO2_CLK_ENABLE() __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE() +#define MCO2_GPIO_PORT GPIOA +#define MCO2_PIN GPIO_PIN_9 + +#if defined(RCC_MCO3_SUPPORT) +#define MCO3_CLK_ENABLE() __HAL_RCC_GPIOB_CLK_ENABLE() +#define MCO3_GPIO_PORT GPIOB +#define MCO3_PIN GPIO_PIN_13 +#endif /* RCC_MCO3_SUPPORT */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions RCC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to configure the internal/external oscillators + (MSI, HSE, HSI, LSE, LSI, PLL, CSS and MCO) and the System buses clocks (SYSCLK, AHB, APB1 + and APB2). + + [..] Internal/external clock and PLL configuration + (#) MSI (Multispeed internal), Seven frequency ranges are available: 65.536 kHz, + 131.072 kHz, 262.144 kHz, 524.288 kHz, 1.048 MHz, 2.097 MHz (default value) and 4.194 MHz. + + (#) HSI (high-speed internal), 16 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly or through + the PLL as System clock source. + (#) LSI (low-speed internal), ~37 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC + clock source. + + (#) HSE (high-speed external), 1 to 24 MHz crystal oscillator used directly or + through the PLL as System clock source. Can be used also as RTC clock source. + + (#) LSE (low-speed external), 32 KHz oscillator used as RTC clock source. + + (#) PLL (clocked by HSI or HSE), featuring different output clocks: + (++) The first output is used to generate the high speed system clock (up to 32 MHz) + (++) The second output is used to generate the clock for the USB OTG FS (48 MHz) + + (#) CSS (Clock security system), once enable using the macro __HAL_RCC_CSS_ENABLE() + and if a HSE clock failure occurs(HSE used directly or through PLL as System + clock source), the System clocks automatically switched to MSI and an interrupt + is generated if enabled. The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M0+ NMI + (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector. + + (#) MCO1/MCO2/MCO3 (microcontroller clock output), used to output SYSCLK, HSI, LSI, MSI, LSE, + HSE, HSI48 or PLL clock (through a configurable prescaler) on PA8/PA9/PB13 pins. + + [..] System, AHB and APB buses clocks configuration + (#) Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): MSI, HSI, + HSE and PLL. + The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable + prescaler and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped + on AHB bus (DMA, GPIO...). APB1 (PCLK1) and APB2 (PCLK2) clocks are derived + from AHB clock through configurable prescalers and used to clock + the peripherals mapped on these buses. You can use + "@ref HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq()" function to retrieve the frequencies of these clocks. + + -@- All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK) except: + (+@) RTC: RTC clock can be derived either from the LSI, LSE or HSE clock + divided by 2 to 16. You have to use @ref __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG() and @ref __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE() + macros to configure this clock. + (+@) LCD: LCD clock can be derived either from the LSI, LSE or HSE clock + divided by 2 to 16. You have to use @ref __HAL_RCC_LCD_CONFIG() + macros to configure this clock. + (+@) USB FS and RNG: USB FS require a frequency equal to 48 MHz to work correctly. + This clock is derived of the main PLL through PLL Multiplier or HSI48 RC oscillator. + + (+@) IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock. + + (#) The maximum frequency of the SYSCLK and HCLK is 32 MHz, PCLK2 32 MHz + and PCLK1 32 MHz. Depending on the device voltage range, the maximum + frequency should be adapted accordingly. + @endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/* + Additional consideration on the HCLK based on Latency settings: + +----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | + | |------------------------------------------------------| + | | voltage range 1 | voltage range 2 | voltage range 3 | + | | 1.8 V | 1.5 V | 1.2 V | + |---------------|------------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |0WS(1CPU cycle)| 0 < HCLK <= 16 | 0 < HCLK <= 8 | 0 < HCLK <= 4.2 | + |---------------|------------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |1WS(2CPU cycle)| 16 < HCLK <= 32 | 8 < HCLK <= 16 | | + +----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + The following table gives the different clock source frequencies depending on the product + voltage range: + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Product voltage | Clock frequency | + | |------------------|-----------------------------|-----------------------| + | range | MSI | HSI | HSE | PLL | + |-----------------|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------| + | Range 1 (1.8 V) | 4.2 MHz | 16 MHz | HSE 32 MHz (external clock) | 32 MHz | + | | | | or 24 MHz (crystal) | (PLLVCO max = 96 MHz) | + |-----------------|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------| + | Range 2 (1.5 V) | 4.2 MHz | 16 MHz | 16 MHz | 16 MHz | + | | | | | (PLLVCO max = 48 MHz) | + |-----------------|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------| + | Range 3 (1.2 V) | 4.2 MHz | NA | 8 MHz | 4 MHz | + | | | | | (PLLVCO max = 24 MHz) | + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + */ + +/** + * @brief Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state. + * @note The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below: + * - MSI ON and used as system clock source + * - HSI, HSE and PLL OFF + * - AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescaler set to 1. + * - CSS and MCO1/MCO2/MCO3 OFF + * - All interrupts disabled + * @note This function does not modify the configuration of the + * - Peripheral clocks + * - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks + * - HSI48 clock + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_DeInit(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg; + uint32_t tickstart; + uint32_t vl_mask; + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; + + /* Set MSIClockRange, HSITRIM and MSITRIM bits to the reset values */ + MODIFY_REG(RCC->ICSCR, (RCC_ICSCR_MSITRIM | RCC_ICSCR_HSITRIM | RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE), \ + ((RCC_MSICALIBRATION_DEFAULT << RCC_ICSCR_MSITRIM_Pos) | (RCC_HSICALIBRATION_DEFAULT << RCC_ICSCR_HSITRIM_Pos) | RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE_5)); + + /* Set MSION bit */ + SET_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSION); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till MSI is ready */ + while (READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY) == 0U) + { + if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > MSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Switch SYSCLK to MSI*/ + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_SW); + + /* Wait till MSI as SYSCLK status is ready */ + while (READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_SWS) != 0U) + { + if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable for MSI as system clock source */ + SystemCoreClock = MSI_VALUE; + + /* Configure the source of time base considering new system clock settings */ + status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio); + if(status != HAL_OK) + { + return status; + } + + /* Reset HSE, HSI, CSS, PLL */ +#if defined(RCC_CR_CSSHSEON) && defined(RCC_CR_HSIOUTEN) + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSION| RCC_CR_HSIKERON| RCC_CR_HSIDIVEN | RCC_CR_HSIOUTEN | \ + RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_CSSHSEON | RCC_CR_PLLON); +#elif !defined(RCC_CR_CSSHSEON) && defined(RCC_CR_HSIOUTEN) + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSION| RCC_CR_HSIKERON| RCC_CR_HSIDIVEN | RCC_CR_HSIOUTEN | \ + RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_PLLON); +#elif defined(RCC_CR_CSSHSEON) && !defined(RCC_CR_HSIOUTEN) + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSION| RCC_CR_HSIKERON| RCC_CR_HSIDIVEN | \ + RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_CSSHSEON | RCC_CR_PLLON); +#endif + + /* Delay after an RCC peripheral clock */ \ + tmpreg = READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEON); \ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + + /* Reset HSEBYP bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEBYP); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL is not ready */ + while (READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) != 0U) + { + if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Reset CFGR register */ + CLEAR_REG(RCC->CFGR); + + /* Disable all interrupts */ + CLEAR_REG(RCC->CIER); + + /* Clear all flags */ + vl_mask = RCC_CICR_LSIRDYC | RCC_CICR_LSERDYC | RCC_CICR_HSIRDYC | RCC_CICR_HSERDYC | RCC_CICR_PLLRDYC | RCC_CICR_MSIRDYC | RCC_CICR_CSSLSEC; +#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT) + vl_mask |= RCC_CICR_HSI48RDYC; +#endif +#if defined(RCC_HSECSS_SUPPORT) + vl_mask |= RCC_CICR_CSSHSEC; +#endif + WRITE_REG(RCC->CICR, vl_mask); + + /* Clear all reset flags */ + SET_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_RMVF); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RCC Oscillators according to the specified parameters in the + * RCC_OscInitTypeDef. + * @param RCC_OscInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the RCC Oscillators. + * @note The PLL is not disabled when used as system clock. + * @note Transitions LSE Bypass to LSE On and LSE On to LSE Bypass are not + * supported by this macro. User should request a transition to LSE Off + * first and then LSE On or LSE Bypass. + * @note Transition HSE Bypass to HSE On and HSE On to HSE Bypass are not + * supported by this macro. User should request a transition to HSE Off + * first and then HSE On or HSE Bypass. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + uint32_t hsi_state; + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; + uint32_t sysclk_source, pll_config; + + /* Check Null pointer */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE(RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType)); + + sysclk_source = __HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE(); + pll_config = __HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE(); + + /*------------------------------- HSE Configuration ------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState)); + + /* When the HSE is used as system clock or clock source for PLL in these cases it is not allowed to be disabled */ + if((sysclk_source == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE) + || ((sysclk_source == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && (pll_config == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE))) + { + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != 0U) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState == RCC_HSE_OFF)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Set the new HSE configuration ---------------------------------------*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState); + + /* Check the HSE State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState != RCC_HSE_OFF) + { + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSE is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSE is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + } + /*----------------------------- HSI Configuration --------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue)); + + hsi_state = RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState; + +#if defined(RCC_CR_HSIOUTEN) + if((hsi_state & RCC_HSI_OUTEN) != 0U) + { + /* HSI Output enable for timer requested */ + SET_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIOUTEN); + + hsi_state &= ~RCC_CR_HSIOUTEN; + } +#endif + + /* Check if HSI is used as system clock or as PLL source when PLL is selected as system clock */ + if((sysclk_source == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI) + || ((sysclk_source == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && (pll_config == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI))) + { + /* When HSI is used as system clock it will not disabled */ + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != 0U) && (hsi_state == RCC_HSI_OFF)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Otherwise, just the calibration and HSI or HSIdiv4 are allowed */ + else + { + /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue); + + /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI or HSIdiv4) */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_CONFIG(hsi_state); + } + + /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable */ + SystemCoreClock = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() >> AHBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE)>> RCC_CFGR_HPRE_Pos]; + + /* Configure the source of time base considering new system clocks settings*/ + status = HAL_InitTick (uwTickPrio); + if(status != HAL_OK) + { + return status; + } + } + else + { + /* Check the HSI State */ + if(hsi_state != RCC_HSI_OFF) + { + /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI or HSIdiv4) */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_CONFIG(hsi_state); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSI is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue); + } + else + { + /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSI is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + } + /*----------------------------- MSI Configuration --------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_MSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_MSI) + { + /* When the MSI is used as system clock it will not be disabled */ + if(sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_MSI) + { + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_MSIRDY) != 0U) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIState == RCC_MSI_OFF)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Otherwise, just the calibration and MSI range change are allowed */ + else + { + /* Check MSICalibrationValue and MSIClockRange input parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_MSICALIBRATION_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSICalibrationValue)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_MSI_CLOCK_RANGE(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange)); + + /* Selects the Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) clock range .*/ + __HAL_RCC_MSI_RANGE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange); + /* Adjusts the Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) calibration value.*/ + __HAL_RCC_MSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSICalibrationValue); + + + /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable */ + SystemCoreClock = (32768U * (1UL << ((RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange >> RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE_Pos) + 1U))) + >> AHBPrescTable[((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE) >> RCC_CFGR_HPRE_Pos)]; + + /* Configure the source of time base considering new system clocks settings*/ + status = HAL_InitTick (uwTickPrio); + if(status != HAL_OK) + { + return status; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Check MSI State */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_MSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIState)); + + /* Check the MSI State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIState != RCC_MSI_OFF) + { + /* Enable the Multi Speed oscillator (MSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_MSI_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till MSI is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_MSIRDY) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > MSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + /* Check MSICalibrationValue and MSIClockRange input parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_MSICALIBRATION_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSICalibrationValue)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_MSI_CLOCK_RANGE(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange)); + + /* Selects the Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) clock range .*/ + __HAL_RCC_MSI_RANGE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange); + /* Adjusts the Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) calibration value.*/ + __HAL_RCC_MSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSICalibrationValue); + } + else + { + /* Disable the Multi Speed oscillator (MSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_MSI_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till MSI is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_MSIRDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > MSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + } + /*------------------------------ LSI Configuration -------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState)); + + /* Check the LSI State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState != RCC_LSI_OFF) + { + /* Enable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_LSI_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSI is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_LSI_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSI is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + /*------------------------------ LSE Configuration -------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) + { + FlagStatus pwrclkchanged = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState)); + + /* Update LSE configuration in Backup Domain control register */ + /* Requires to enable write access to Backup Domain of necessary */ + if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED()) + { + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + pwrclkchanged = SET; + } + + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP)) + { + /* Enable write access to Backup domain */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP); + + /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Set the new LSE configuration -----------------------------------------*/ + __HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState); + + /* Check the LSE State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState != RCC_LSE_OFF) + { + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSE is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSE is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Require to disable power clock if necessary */ + if(pwrclkchanged == SET) + { + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE(); + } + } + +#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT) + /*----------------------------- HSI48 Configuration --------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI48) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI48) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI48(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State)); + + /* Check the HSI48 State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State != RCC_HSI48_OFF) + { + /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI48). */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI48_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSI48 is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSI48RDY) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI48_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI48). */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI48_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSI48 is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSI48RDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI48_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } +#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */ + + /*-------------------------------- PLL Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState)); + if ((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) != RCC_PLL_NONE) + { + /* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */ + if(sysclk_source != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) + { + if((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) == RCC_PLL_ON) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSOURCE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_MUL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLMUL)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_DIV(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLDIV)); + + /* Disable the main PLL. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Configure the main PLL clock source, multiplication and division factors. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource, + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLMUL, + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLDIV); + /* Enable the main PLL. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the main PLL. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + else + { + /* Check if there is a request to disable the PLL used as System clock source */ + if((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) == RCC_PLL_OFF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Do not return HAL_ERROR if request repeats the current configuration */ + pll_config = RCC->CFGR; + if((READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC) != RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource) || + (READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL) != RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLMUL) || + (READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_CFGR_PLLDIV) != RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLDIV)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB buses clocks according to the specified + * parameters in the RCC_ClkInitStruct. + * @param RCC_ClkInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the RCC peripheral. + * @param FLatency FLASH Latency + * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series + * @note The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency + * and updated by @ref HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() function called within this function + * + * @note The MSI is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after + * start-up from Reset, wake-up from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case + * of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock + * (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled). + * + * @note A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the target + * clock source is ready (clock stable after start-up delay or PLL locked). + * If a clock source which is not yet ready is selected, the switch will + * occur when the clock source will be ready. + * You can use @ref HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig() function to know which clock is + * currently used as system clock source. + * @note Depending on the device voltage range, the software has to set correctly + * HPRE[3:0] bits to ensure that HCLK not exceed the maximum allowed frequency + * (for more details refer to section above "Initialization/de-initialization functions") + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t FLatency) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; + + /* Check Null pointer */ + if(RCC_ClkInitStruct == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_CLOCKTYPE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLatency)); + + /* To correctly read data from FLASH memory, the number of wait states (LATENCY) + must be correctly programmed according to the frequency of the CPU clock + (HCLK) and the supply voltage of the device. */ + + /* Increasing the number of wait states because of higher CPU frequency */ + if(FLatency > __HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY()) + { + /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */ + __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency); + + /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash + memory by polling the FLASH_ACR register */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while (__HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY() != FLatency) + { + if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /*-------------------------- HCLK Configuration --------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider)); + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider); + } + + /*------------------------- SYSCLK Configuration ---------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource)); + + /* HSE is selected as System Clock Source */ + if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE) + { + /* Check the HSE ready flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + /* PLL is selected as System Clock Source */ + else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK) + { + /* Check the PLL ready flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + /* HSI is selected as System Clock Source */ + else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSI) + { + /* Check the HSI ready flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + /* MSI is selected as System Clock Source */ + else + { + /* Check the MSI ready flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_MSIRDY) == 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + __HAL_RCC_SYSCLK_CONFIG(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE) + { + while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK) + { + while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSI) + { + while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_MSI) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + /* Decreasing the number of wait states because of lower CPU frequency */ + if(FLatency < __HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY()) + { + /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */ + __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency); + + /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash + memory by polling the FLASH_ACR register */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while (__HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY() != FLatency) + { + if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /*-------------------------- PCLK1 Configuration ---------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider)); + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE1, RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider); + } + + /*-------------------------- PCLK2 Configuration ---------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider)); + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE2, ((RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider) << 3)); + } + + /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable */ + SystemCoreClock = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() >> AHBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE)>> RCC_CFGR_HPRE_Pos]; + + /* Configure the source of time base considering new system clocks settings*/ + status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio); + if(status != HAL_OK) + { + return status; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief RCC clocks control functions + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks + frequencies. + + @endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Selects the clock source to output on MCO pin. + * @note MCO pin should be configured in alternate function mode. + * @param RCC_MCOx specifies the output direction for the clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1 Clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8). + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO2 Clock source to output on MCO2 pin(PA9). + @if STM32L031xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO3 Clock source to output on MCO3 pin(PB13) + @elseif STM32L041xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO3 Clock source to output on MCO3 pin(PB13) + @elseif STM32L073xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO3 Clock source to output on MCO3 pin(PB13) + @elseif STM32L083xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO3 Clock source to output on MCO3 pin(PB13) + @elseif STM32L072xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO3 Clock source to output on MCO3 pin(PB13) + @elseif STM32L082xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO3 Clock source to output on MCO3 pin(PB13) + @elseif STM32L071xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO3 Clock source to output on MCO3 pin(PB13) + @elseif STM32L081xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO3 Clock source to output on MCO3 pin(PB13) + @elseif STM32L051xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO3 Clock source to output on MCO3 pin(PB13) + @elseif STM32L053xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO3 Clock source to output on MCO3 pin(PB13) + @endif + * @param RCC_MCOSource specifies the clock source to output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_NOCLOCK No clock selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_SYSCLK System clock selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI HSI selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE HSE selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_MSI MSI oscillator clock selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLL clock selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSI LSI clock selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSE LSE clock selected as MCO clock + @if STM32L052xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 clock selected as MCO clock + @elseif STM32L053xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 clock selected as MCO clock + @elseif STM32L062xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 clock selected as MCO clock + @elseif STM32L063xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 clock selected as MCO clock + @elseif STM32L072xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 clock selected as MCO clock + @elseif STM32L073xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 clock selected as MCO clock + @elseif STM32L082xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 clock selected as MCO clock + @elseif STM32L083xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 clock selected as MCO clock + @endif + * @param RCC_MCODiv specifies the MCO DIV. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_1 no division applied to MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_2 division by 2 applied to MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_4 division by 4 applied to MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_8 division by 8 applied to MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_16 division by 16 applied to MCO clock + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_MCOConfig(uint32_t RCC_MCOx, uint32_t RCC_MCOSource, uint32_t RCC_MCODiv) +{ + GPIO_InitTypeDef gpio = {0}; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO(RCC_MCOx)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCODIV(RCC_MCODiv)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO1SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource)); + + /* Configure the MCO1 pin in alternate function mode */ + gpio.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; + gpio.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH; + gpio.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + if(RCC_MCOx == RCC_MCO1) + { + gpio.Pin = MCO1_PIN; + gpio.Alternate = GPIO_AF0_MCO; + + /* MCO1 Clock Enable */ + MCO1_CLK_ENABLE(); + HAL_GPIO_Init(MCO1_GPIO_PORT, &gpio); + } +#if defined(RCC_MCO3_SUPPORT) + else if (RCC_MCOx == RCC_MCO3) + { + gpio.Pin = MCO3_PIN; + gpio.Alternate = MCO3_GPIO_AF; + + /* MCO3 Clock Enable */ + MCO3_CLK_ENABLE(); + HAL_GPIO_Init(MCO3_GPIO_PORT, &gpio); + } +#endif /* RCC_MCO3_SUPPORT */ + else + { + gpio.Pin = MCO2_PIN; + gpio.Alternate = GPIO_AF0_MCO; + + /* MCO2 Clock Enable */ + MCO2_CLK_ENABLE(); + HAL_GPIO_Init(MCO2_GPIO_PORT, &gpio); + } + + /* Configure the MCO clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_MCO1_CONFIG(RCC_MCOSource, RCC_MCODiv); +} + +#if defined(RCC_HSECSS_SUPPORT) +/** + * @brief Enables the Clock Security System. + * @note If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this oscillator + * is automatically disabled and an interrupt is generated to inform the + * software about the failure (Clock Security System Interrupt, CSSI), + * allowing the MCU to perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to + * the Cortex-M0+ NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_EnableCSS(void) +{ + SET_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_CSSON) ; +} + +#endif /* RCC_HSECSS_SUPPORT */ +/** + * @brief Returns the SYSCLK frequency + * @note The system frequency computed by this function is not the real + * frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined + * constant and the selected clock source: + * @note If SYSCLK source is MSI, function returns a value based on MSI + * Value as defined by the MSI range. + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(*) + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns a value based on HSE_VALUE(**) + * @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns a value based on HSE_VALUE(**) + * or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors. + * @note (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32l0xx_hal_conf.h file (default value + * 16 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations + * in voltage and temperature. + * @note (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32l0xx_hal_conf.h file (default value + * 8 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real + * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may + * have wrong result. + * + * @note The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional + * value for HSE crystal. + * + * @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the + * baud-rate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters. + * + * @note Each time SYSCLK changes, this function must be called to update the + * right SYSCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * + * @retval SYSCLK frequency + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(void) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg, pllm, plld, pllvco, msiclkrange; /* no init needed */ + uint32_t sysclockfreq; + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/ + switch (tmpreg & RCC_CFGR_SWS) + { + case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI: /* HSI used as system clock source */ + { + if ((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_HSIDIVF) != 0U) + { + sysclockfreq = (HSI_VALUE >> 2); + } + else + { + sysclockfreq = HSI_VALUE; + } + break; + } + case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE: /* HSE used as system clock */ + { + sysclockfreq = HSE_VALUE; + break; + } + case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK: /* PLL used as system clock */ + { + pllm = PLLMulTable[(uint32_t)(tmpreg & RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL) >> RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL_Pos]; + plld = ((uint32_t)(tmpreg & RCC_CFGR_PLLDIV) >> RCC_CFGR_PLLDIV_Pos) + 1U; + if (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() != RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI) + { + /* HSE used as PLL clock source */ + pllvco = (uint32_t)(((uint64_t)HSE_VALUE * (uint64_t)pllm) / (uint64_t)plld); + } + else + { + if ((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_HSIDIVF) != 0U) + { + pllvco = (uint32_t)((((uint64_t)(HSI_VALUE >> 2)) * (uint64_t)pllm) / (uint64_t)plld); + } + else + { + pllvco = (uint32_t)(((uint64_t)HSI_VALUE * (uint64_t)pllm) / (uint64_t)plld); + } + } + sysclockfreq = pllvco; + break; + } + case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_MSI: /* MSI used as system clock source */ + default: /* MSI used as system clock */ + { + msiclkrange = (RCC->ICSCR & RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE ) >> RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE_Pos; + sysclockfreq = (32768U * (1UL << (msiclkrange + 1U))); + break; + } + } + return sysclockfreq; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the HCLK frequency + * @note Each time HCLK changes, this function must be called to update the + * right HCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * + * @note The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency + * and updated within this function + * @retval HCLK frequency + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq(void) +{ + return SystemCoreClock; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the PCLK1 frequency + * @note Each time PCLK1 changes, this function must be called to update the + * right PCLK1 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * @retval PCLK1 frequency + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(void) +{ + /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK1 frequency ---------------------------*/ + return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() >> APBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1) >> RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_Pos]); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the PCLK2 frequency + * @note Each time PCLK2 changes, this function must be called to update the + * right PCLK2 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * @retval PCLK2 frequency + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(void) +{ + /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK2 frequency ---------------------------*/ + return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()>> APBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2) >> RCC_CFGR_PPRE2_Pos]); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the RCC_OscInitStruct according to the internal + * RCC configuration registers. + * @param RCC_OscInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that + * will be configured. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(RCC_OscInitStruct != (void *)NULL); + + /* Set all possible values for the Oscillator type parameter ---------------*/ + RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI \ + | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_MSI; +#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT) + RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType |= RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI48; +#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */ + + + /* Get the HSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEBYP) == RCC_CR_HSEBYP) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_BYPASS; + } + else if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEON) == RCC_CR_HSEON) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_OFF; + } + + /* Get the HSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSION) == RCC_CR_HSION) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_OFF; + } + + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue = (uint32_t)((RCC->ICSCR & RCC_ICSCR_HSITRIM) >> 8); + + /* Get the MSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_MSION) == RCC_CR_MSION) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIState = RCC_MSI_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIState = RCC_MSI_OFF; + } + + RCC_OscInitStruct->MSICalibrationValue = (uint32_t)((RCC->ICSCR & RCC_ICSCR_MSITRIM) >> RCC_ICSCR_MSITRIM_Pos); + RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange = (uint32_t)((RCC->ICSCR & RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE)); + + /* Get the LSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CSR &RCC_CSR_LSEBYP) == RCC_CSR_LSEBYP) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_BYPASS; + } + else if((RCC->CSR &RCC_CSR_LSEON) == RCC_CSR_LSEON) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_OFF; + } + + /* Get the LSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CSR &RCC_CSR_LSION) == RCC_CSR_LSION) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_OFF; + } + +#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT) + /* Get the HSI48 configuration if any-----------------------------------------*/ + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State = __HAL_RCC_GET_HSI48_STATE(); +#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */ + + /* Get the PLL configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_PLLON) == RCC_CR_PLLON) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_OFF; + } + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC); + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLMUL = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL); + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLDIV = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLDIV); +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal + * RCC configuration registers. + * @param RCC_ClkInitStruct pointer to an RCC_ClkInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the current clock configuration. + * @param pFLatency Pointer on the Flash Latency. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t *pFLatency) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(RCC_ClkInitStruct != (void *)NULL); + assert_param(pFLatency != (void *)NULL); + + /* Set all possible values for the Clock type parameter --------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType = RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1 | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2; + + /* Get the SYSCLK configuration --------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SW); + + /* Get the HCLK configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE); + + /* Get the APB1 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1); + + /* Get the APB2 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider = (uint32_t)((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2) >> 3); + + /* Get the Flash Wait State (Latency) configuration ------------------------*/ + *pFLatency = __HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY(); +} + +#if defined(RCC_HSECSS_SUPPORT) +/** + * @brief This function handles the RCC CSS interrupt request. + * @note This API should be called under the NMI_Handler(). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler(void) +{ + /* Check RCC CSSF flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT_CSS)) + { + /* RCC Clock Security System interrupt user callback */ + HAL_RCC_CSSCallback(); + + /* Clear RCC CSS pending bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT_CSS); + } +} + +/** + * @brief RCC Clock Security System interrupt callback + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_RCC_CSSCallback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RCC_CSSCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +#endif /* RCC_HSECSS_SUPPORT */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup RCC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_rcc_ex.c b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_rcc_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5307bac --- /dev/null +++ b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_rcc_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,1214 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l0xx_hal_rcc_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief Extended RCC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities RCC extension peripheral: + * + Extended Peripheral Control functions + * + Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© Copyright(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved.

+ * + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/** @defgroup RCCEx RCCEx + * @brief RCC Extension HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Constants RCCEx Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#if defined(USB) +extern const uint8_t PLLMulTable[]; +#endif /* USB */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Macros RCCEx Private Macros + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions RCCEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks + frequencies. + [..] + (@) Important note: Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to + select the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in + order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including + the backup registers) are set to their reset values. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified + * parameters in the RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef. + * @param PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks(USART1,USART2, LPUART1, + * I2C1, I2C3, RTC, USB/RNG and LPTIM1 clocks). + * @retval HAL status + * @note If HAL_ERROR returned, first switch-OFF HSE clock oscillator with @ref HAL_RCC_OscConfig() + * to possibly update HSE divider. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + uint32_t temp_reg; + FlagStatus pwrclkchanged = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection)); + + /*------------------------------- RTC/LCD Configuration ------------------------*/ + if ((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) +#if defined(LCD) + || (((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD) +#endif /* LCD */ + ) + { + /* check for RTC Parameters used to output RTCCLK */ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection)); + } + +#if defined(LCD) + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->LCDClockSelection)); + } +#endif /* LCD */ + + /* As soon as function is called to change RTC clock source, activation of the + power domain is done. */ + /* Requires to enable write access to Backup Domain of necessary */ + if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED()) + { + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + pwrclkchanged = SET; + } + + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP)) + { + /* Enable write access to Backup domain */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP); + + /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Check if user wants to change HSE RTC prescaler whereas HSE is enabled */ + temp_reg = (RCC->CR & RCC_CR_RTCPRE); + if ((temp_reg != (PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_CR_RTCPRE)) +#if defined (LCD) + || (temp_reg != (PeriphClkInit->LCDClockSelection & RCC_CR_RTCPRE)) +#endif /* LCD */ + ) + { /* Check HSE State */ + if ((PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_CSR_RTCSEL) == RCC_CSR_RTCSEL_HSE) + { + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY)) + { + /* To update HSE divider, first switch-OFF HSE clock oscillator*/ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + + /* Reset the Backup domain only if the RTC Clock source selection is modified from reset value */ + temp_reg = (RCC->CSR & RCC_CSR_RTCSEL); + + if((temp_reg != 0x00000000U) && (((temp_reg != (PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_CSR_RTCSEL)) \ + && (((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC)) +#if defined(LCD) + || ((temp_reg != (PeriphClkInit->LCDClockSelection & RCC_CSR_RTCSEL)) \ + && (((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD)) +#endif /* LCD */ + )) + { + /* Store the content of CSR register before the reset of Backup Domain */ + temp_reg = (RCC->CSR & ~(RCC_CSR_RTCSEL)); + + /* RTC Clock selection can be changed only if the Backup Domain is reset */ + __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE(); + __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE(); + + /* Restore the Content of CSR register */ + RCC->CSR = temp_reg; + + /* Wait for LSERDY if LSE was enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(temp_reg, RCC_CSR_LSEON)) + { + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSE is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == 0U) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection); + + /* Require to disable power clock if necessary */ + if(pwrclkchanged == SET) + { + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE(); + } + } + +#if defined (RCC_CCIPR_USART1SEL) + /*------------------------------- USART1 Configuration ------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the USART1 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_USART1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection); + } +#endif /* RCC_CCIPR_USART1SEL */ + + /*----------------------------- USART2 Configuration --------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the USART2 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_USART2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection); + } + + /*------------------------------ LPUART1 Configuration ------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Lpuart1ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the LPUAR1 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_LPUART1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Lpuart1ClockSelection); + } + + /*------------------------------ I2C1 Configuration ------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the I2C1 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_I2C1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection); + } + +#if defined (RCC_CCIPR_I2C3SEL) + /*------------------------------ I2C3 Configuration ------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c3ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the I2C3 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_I2C3_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c3ClockSelection); + } +#endif /* RCC_CCIPR_I2C3SEL */ + +#if defined(USB) + /*---------------------------- USB and RNG configuration --------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB)) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_USBCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection)); + __HAL_RCC_USB_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection); + } +#endif /* USB */ + + /*---------------------------- LPTIM1 configuration ------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1)) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_LPTIMCLK(PeriphClkInit->LptimClockSelection)); + __HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->LptimClockSelection); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the PeriphClkInit according to the internal RCC configuration registers. + * @param PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that + * returns the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks(USART1,USART2, LPUART1, + * I2C1, I2C3, RTC, USB/RNG and LPTIM1 clocks). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit) +{ + uint32_t srcclk; + + /* Set all possible values for the extended clock type parameter -----------*/ + /* Common part first */ + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC | \ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1; +#if defined(RCC_CCIPR_USART1SEL) + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1; +#endif /* RCC_CCIPR_USART1SEL */ +#if defined(RCC_CCIPR_I2C3SEL) + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3; +#endif /* RCC_CCIPR_I2C3SEL */ +#if defined(USB) + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB; +#endif /* USB */ +#if defined(LCD) + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD; +#endif /* LCD */ + + /* Get the RTC/LCD configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE(); + if (srcclk != RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV2) + { + /* Source clock is LSE or LSI*/ + PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = srcclk; + } + else + { + /* Source clock is HSE. Need to get the prescaler value*/ + PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = srcclk | (READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_RTCPRE)); + } +#if defined(LCD) + PeriphClkInit->LCDClockSelection = PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection; +#endif /* LCD */ +#if defined(RCC_CCIPR_USART1SEL) + /* Get the USART1 configuration --------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART1_SOURCE(); +#endif /* RCC_CCIPR_USART1SEL */ + /* Get the USART2 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART2_SOURCE(); + /* Get the LPUART1 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Lpuart1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPUART1_SOURCE(); + /* Get the I2C1 clock source -----------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C1_SOURCE(); +#if defined(RCC_CCIPR_I2C3SEL) +/* Get the I2C3 clock source -----------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->I2c3ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C3_SOURCE(); +#endif /* RCC_CCIPR_I2C3SEL */ + /* Get the LPTIM1 clock source -----------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->LptimClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPTIM1_SOURCE(); + /* Get the RTC clock source -----------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE(); +#if defined(USB) + /* Get the USB/RNG clock source -----------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE(); +#endif /* USB */ +} + +/** + * @brief Return the peripheral clock frequency + * @note Return 0 if peripheral clock is unknown + * @param PeriphClk Peripheral clock identifier + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC RTC peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD LCD peripheral clock (*) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB or RNG peripheral clock (*) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 USART1 peripheral clock (*) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 USART2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 LPUART1 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 I2C1 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 I2C2 peripheral clock (*) + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 I2C3 peripheral clock (*) + * @note (*) means that this peripheral is not present on all the devices + * @retval Frequency in Hz (0: means that no available frequency for the peripheral) + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk) +{ + uint32_t frequency = 0U; + uint32_t temp_reg, clkprediv, srcclk; /* no init needed */ +#if defined(USB) + uint32_t pllmul, plldiv, pllvco; /* no init needed */ +#endif /* USB */ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClk)); + + switch (PeriphClk) + { + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC: +#if defined(LCD) + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD: +#endif /* LCD */ + { + /* Get RCC CSR configuration ------------------------------------------------------*/ + temp_reg = RCC->CSR; + + /* Get the current RTC source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE(); + + /* Check if LSE is ready if RTC clock selection is LSE */ + if ((srcclk == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(temp_reg, RCC_CSR_LSERDY))) + { + frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + /* Check if LSI is ready if RTC clock selection is LSI */ + else if (srcclk == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI) + { + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(temp_reg, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY)) + { + frequency = LSI_VALUE; + } + } + /* Check if HSE is ready and if RTC clock selection is HSE */ + else if (srcclk == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIVX) + { + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY)) + { + /* Get the current HSE clock divider */ + clkprediv = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_HSE_PRESCALER(); + + switch (clkprediv) + { + case RCC_RTC_HSE_DIV_16: /* HSE DIV16 has been selected */ + { + frequency = HSE_VALUE / 16U; + break; + } + case RCC_RTC_HSE_DIV_8: /* HSE DIV8 has been selected */ + { + frequency = HSE_VALUE / 8U; + break; + } + case RCC_RTC_HSE_DIV_4: /* HSE DIV4 has been selected */ + { + frequency = HSE_VALUE / 4U; + break; + } + default: /* HSE DIV2 has been selected */ + { + frequency = HSE_VALUE / 2U; + break; + } + } + } + } + /* Clock not enabled for RTC */ + else + { + frequency = 0U; + } + break; + } +#if defined(USB) + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB: + { + /* Get the current USB source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE(); + + if (srcclk == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL) + { + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY)) + { + /* Get PLL clock source and multiplication factor ----------------------*/ + pllmul = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL; + plldiv = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLDIV; + pllmul = PLLMulTable[(pllmul >> RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL_Pos)]; + plldiv = (plldiv >> RCC_CFGR_PLLDIV_Pos) + 1U; + + /* Compute PLL clock input */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI) + { + if (READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIDIVF) != 0U) + { + pllvco = (HSI_VALUE >> 2U); + } + else + { + pllvco = HSI_VALUE; + } + } + else /* HSE source */ + { + pllvco = HSE_VALUE; + } + /* pllvco * pllmul / plldiv */ + pllvco = (pllvco * pllmul); + frequency = (pllvco/ plldiv); + } + } + else if (srcclk == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_HSI48) + { + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CRRCR, RCC_CRRCR_HSI48RDY)) + { + frequency = HSI48_VALUE; + } + } + else /* RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_NONE */ + { + frequency = 0U; + } + break; + } +#endif /* USB */ +#if defined(RCC_CCIPR_USART1SEL) + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1: + { + /* Get the current USART1 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART1_SOURCE(); + + /* Check if USART1 clock selection is PCLK2 */ + if (srcclk == RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_PCLK2) + { + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(); + } + /* Check if HSI is ready and if USART1 clock selection is HSI */ + else if (srcclk == RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_HSI) + { + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + if (READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIDIVF) != 0U) + { + frequency = (HSI_VALUE >> 2U); + } + else + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + } + } + /* Check if USART1 clock selection is SYSCLK */ + else if (srcclk == RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK) + { + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + } + /* Check if LSE is ready and if USART1 clock selection is LSE */ + else if (srcclk == RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_LSE) + { + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSERDY)) + { + frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + } + /* Clock not enabled for USART1*/ + else + { + frequency = 0U; + } + break; + } +#endif /* RCC_CCIPR_USART1SEL */ + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2: + { + /* Get the current USART2 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART2_SOURCE(); + + /* Check if USART2 clock selection is PCLK1 */ + if (srcclk == RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_PCLK1) + { + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + } + /* Check if HSI is ready and if USART2 clock selection is HSI */ + else if (srcclk == RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_HSI) + { + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + if (READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIDIVF) != 0U) + { + frequency = (HSI_VALUE >> 2U); + } + else + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + } + } + /* Check if USART2 clock selection is SYSCLK */ + else if (srcclk == RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK) + { + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + } + /* Check if LSE is ready and if USART2 clock selection is LSE */ + else if (srcclk == RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_LSE) + { + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSERDY)) + { + frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + } + /* Clock not enabled for USART2*/ + else + { + frequency = 0U; + } + break; + } + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1: + { + /* Get the current LPUART1 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPUART1_SOURCE(); + + /* Check if LPUART1 clock selection is PCLK1 */ + if (srcclk == RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1) + { + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + } + /* Check if HSI is ready and if LPUART1 clock selection is HSI */ + else if (srcclk == RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_HSI) + { + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + if (READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIDIVF) != 0U) + { + frequency = (HSI_VALUE >> 2U); + } + else + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + } + } + /* Check if LPUART1 clock selection is SYSCLK */ + else if (srcclk == RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK) + { + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + } + /* Check if LSE is ready and if LPUART1 clock selection is LSE */ + else if (srcclk == RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_LSE) + { + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSERDY)) + { + frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + } + /* Clock not enabled for LPUART1*/ + else + { + frequency = 0U; + } + break; + } + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1: + { + /* Get the current I2C1 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C1_SOURCE(); + + /* Check if I2C1 clock selection is PCLK1 */ + if (srcclk == RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1) + { + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + } + /* Check if HSI is ready and if I2C1 clock selection is HSI */ + else if (srcclk == RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_HSI) + { + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + if (READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIDIVF) != 0U) + { + frequency = (HSI_VALUE >> 2U); + } + else + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + } + } + /* Check if I2C1 clock selection is SYSCLK */ + else if (srcclk == RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK) + { + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + } + /* Clock not enabled for I2C1*/ + else + { + frequency = 0U; + } + break; + } +#if defined(I2C2) + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2: + { + + /* Check if I2C2 on APB1 clock enabled*/ + if (READ_BIT(RCC->APB1ENR, (RCC_APB1ENR_I2C2EN))==RCC_APB1ENR_I2C2EN) + { + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + } + else + { + frequency = 0U; + } + break; + } +#endif /* I2C2 */ + +#if defined(RCC_CCIPR_I2C3SEL) + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3: + { + /* Get the current I2C3 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C3_SOURCE(); + + /* Check if I2C3 clock selection is PCLK1 */ + if (srcclk == RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE_PCLK1) + { + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + } + /* Check if HSI is ready and if I2C3 clock selection is HSI */ + else if (srcclk == RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE_HSI) + { + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)) + { + if (READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIDIVF) != 0U) + { + frequency = (HSI_VALUE >> 2U); + } + else + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + } + } + /* Check if I2C3 clock selection is SYSCLK */ + else if (srcclk == RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK) + { + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + } + /* Clock not enabled for I2C3*/ + else + { + frequency = 0U; + } + break; + } +#endif /* RCC_CCIPR_I2C3SEL */ + default: + { + break; + } + } + return(frequency); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the LSE Clock Security System. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_EnableLSECSS(void) +{ + SET_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSECSSON) ; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the LSE Clock Security System. + * @note Once enabled this bit cannot be disabled, except after an LSE failure detection + * (LSECSSD=1). In that case the software MUST disable the LSECSSON bit. + * Reset by power on reset and RTC software reset (RTCRST bit). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_DisableLSECSS(void) +{ + /* Disable LSE CSS */ + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSECSSON) ; + + /* Disable LSE CSS IT */ + __HAL_RCC_DISABLE_IT(RCC_IT_LSECSS); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the LSE Clock Security System IT & corresponding EXTI line. + * @note LSE Clock Security System IT is mapped on RTC EXTI line 19 + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_EnableLSECSS_IT(void) +{ + /* Enable LSE CSS */ + SET_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSECSSON) ; + + /* Enable LSE CSS IT */ + __HAL_RCC_ENABLE_IT(RCC_IT_LSECSS); + + /* Enable IT on EXTI Line 19 */ + __HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + __HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE(); +} + +/** + * @brief Handle the RCC LSE Clock Security System interrupt request. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_IRQHandler(void) +{ + /* Check RCC LSE CSSF flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT_LSECSS)) + { + /* RCC LSE Clock Security System interrupt user callback */ + HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_Callback(); + + /* Clear RCC LSE CSS pending bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT_LSECSS); + } +} + +/** + * @brief RCCEx LSE Clock Security System interrupt callback. + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_Callback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the @ref HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_Callback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +#if defined(SYSCFG_CFGR3_ENREF_HSI48) +/** + * @brief Enables Vrefint for the HSI48. + * @note This is functional only if the LOCK is not set + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_EnableHSI48_VREFINT(void) +{ + /* Enable the Buffer for the ADC by setting SYSCFG_CFGR3_ENREF_HSI48 bit in SYSCFG_CFGR3 register */ + SET_BIT (SYSCFG->CFGR3, SYSCFG_CFGR3_ENREF_HSI48); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the Vrefint for the HSI48. + * @note This is functional only if the LOCK is not set + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_DisableHSI48_VREFINT(void) +{ + /* Disable the Vrefint by resetting SYSCFG_CFGR3_ENREF_HSI48 bit in SYSCFG_CFGR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR3, SYSCFG_CFGR3_ENREF_HSI48); +} + +#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR3_ENREF_HSI48 */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined (CRS) + +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions + * @brief Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + For devices with Clock Recovery System feature (CRS), RCC Extention HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) In System clock config, HSI48 needs to be enabled + + (#) Enable CRS clock in IP MSP init which will use CRS functions + + (#) Call CRS functions as follows: + (##) Prepare synchronization configuration necessary for HSI48 calibration + (+++) Default values can be set for frequency Error Measurement (reload and error limit) + and also HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming. + (+++) Macro @ref __HAL_RCC_CRS_RELOADVALUE_CALCULATE can be also used to calculate + directly reload value with target and synchronization frequencies values + (##) Call function @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig which + (+++) Reset CRS registers to their default values. + (+++) Configure CRS registers with synchronization configuration + (+++) Enable automatic calibration and frequency error counter feature + Note: When using USB LPM (Link Power Management) and the device is in Sleep mode, the + periodic USB SOF will not be generated by the host. No SYNC signal will therefore be + provided to the CRS to calibrate the HSI48 on the run. To guarantee the required clock + precision after waking up from Sleep mode, the LSE or reference clock on the GPIOs + should be used as SYNC signal. + + (##) A polling function is provided to wait for complete synchronization + (+++) Call function @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSWaitSynchronization() + (+++) According to CRS status, user can decide to adjust again the calibration or continue + application if synchronization is OK + + (#) User can retrieve information related to synchronization in calling function + @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSGetSynchronizationInfo() + + (#) Regarding synchronization status and synchronization information, user can try a new calibration + in changing synchronization configuration and call again HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig. + Note: When the SYNC event is detected during the downcounting phase (before reaching the zero value), + it means that the actual frequency is lower than the target (and so, that the TRIM value should be + incremented), while when it is detected during the upcounting phase it means that the actual frequency + is higher (and that the TRIM value should be decremented). + + (#) In interrupt mode, user can resort to the available macros (__HAL_RCC_CRS_XXX_IT). Interrupts will go + through CRS Handler (RCC_IRQn/RCC_IRQHandler) + (++) Call function @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig() + (++) Enable RCC_IRQn (thanks to NVIC functions) + (++) Enable CRS interrupt (@ref __HAL_RCC_CRS_ENABLE_IT) + (++) Implement CRS status management in the following user callbacks called from + HAL_RCCEx_CRS_IRQHandler(): + (+++) @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback() + (+++) @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback() + (+++) @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback() + (+++) @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback() + + (#) To force a SYNC EVENT, user can use the function @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSSoftwareSynchronizationGenerate(). + This function can be called before calling @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig (for instance in Systick handler) + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Start automatic synchronization for polling mode + * @param pInit Pointer on RCC_CRSInitTypeDef structure + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig(RCC_CRSInitTypeDef *pInit) +{ + uint32_t value; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_SYNC_DIV(pInit->Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_SYNC_SOURCE(pInit->Source)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_SYNC_POLARITY(pInit->Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_RELOADVALUE(pInit->ReloadValue)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_ERRORLIMIT(pInit->ErrorLimitValue)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_HSI48CALIBRATION(pInit->HSI48CalibrationValue)); + + /* CONFIGURATION */ + + /* Before configuration, reset CRS registers to their default values*/ + __HAL_RCC_CRS_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_CRS_RELEASE_RESET(); + + /* Set the SYNCDIV[2:0] bits according to Prescaler value */ + /* Set the SYNCSRC[1:0] bits according to Source value */ + /* Set the SYNCSPOL bit according to Polarity value */ + value = (pInit->Prescaler | pInit->Source | pInit->Polarity); + /* Set the RELOAD[15:0] bits according to ReloadValue value */ + value |= pInit->ReloadValue; + /* Set the FELIM[7:0] bits according to ErrorLimitValue value */ + value |= (pInit->ErrorLimitValue << CRS_CFGR_FELIM_Pos); + WRITE_REG(CRS->CFGR, value); + + /* Adjust HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming */ + /* Set the TRIM[5:0] bits according to RCC_CRS_HSI48CalibrationValue value */ + MODIFY_REG(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_TRIM, (pInit->HSI48CalibrationValue << CRS_CR_TRIM_Pos)); + + /* START AUTOMATIC SYNCHRONIZATION*/ + + /* Enable Automatic trimming & Frequency error counter */ + SET_BIT(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_AUTOTRIMEN | CRS_CR_CEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Generate the software synchronization event + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_CRSSoftwareSynchronizationGenerate(void) +{ + SET_BIT(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_SWSYNC); +} + +/** + * @brief Return synchronization info + * @param pSynchroInfo Pointer on RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef structure + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_CRSGetSynchronizationInfo(RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef *pSynchroInfo) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(pSynchroInfo != (void *)NULL); + + /* Get the reload value */ + pSynchroInfo->ReloadValue = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(CRS->CFGR, CRS_CFGR_RELOAD)); + + /* Get HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming */ + pSynchroInfo->HSI48CalibrationValue = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_TRIM) >> CRS_CR_TRIM_Pos); + + /* Get Frequency error capture */ + pSynchroInfo->FreqErrorCapture = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(CRS->ISR, CRS_ISR_FECAP) >> CRS_ISR_FECAP_Pos); + + /* Get Frequency error direction */ + pSynchroInfo->FreqErrorDirection = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(CRS->ISR, CRS_ISR_FEDIR)); +} + +/** +* @brief Wait for CRS Synchronization status. +* @param Timeout Duration of the timeout +* @note Timeout is based on the maximum time to receive a SYNC event based on synchronization +* frequency. +* @note If Timeout set to HAL_MAX_DELAY, HAL_TIMEOUT will be never returned. +* @retval Combination of Synchronization status +* This parameter can be a combination of the following values: +* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_TIMEOUT +* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCOK +* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCWARN +* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCERR +* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS +* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF +*/ +uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_CRSWaitSynchronization(uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t crsstatus = RCC_CRS_NONE; + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* Get timeout */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait for CRS flag or timeout detection */ + do + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if(((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + crsstatus = RCC_CRS_TIMEOUT; + } + } + /* Check CRS SYNCOK flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK)) + { + /* CRS SYNC event OK */ + crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCOK; + + /* Clear CRS SYNC event OK bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK); + } + + /* Check CRS SYNCWARN flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN)) + { + /* CRS SYNC warning */ + crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCWARN; + + /* Clear CRS SYNCWARN bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN); + } + + /* Check CRS TRIM overflow flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF)) + { + /* CRS SYNC Error */ + crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF; + + /* Clear CRS Error bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF); + } + + /* Check CRS Error flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR)) + { + /* CRS SYNC Error */ + crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCERR; + + /* Clear CRS Error bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR); + } + + /* Check CRS SYNC Missed flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS)) + { + /* CRS SYNC Missed */ + crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS; + + /* Clear CRS SYNC Missed bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS); + } + + /* Check CRS Expected SYNC flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC)) + { + /* frequency error counter reached a zero value */ + __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC); + } + } while(RCC_CRS_NONE == crsstatus); + + return crsstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle the Clock Recovery System interrupt request. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_IRQHandler(void) +{ + uint32_t crserror = RCC_CRS_NONE; + /* Get current IT flags and IT sources values */ + uint32_t itflags = READ_REG(CRS->ISR); + uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(CRS->CR); + + /* Check CRS SYNCOK flag */ + if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK) != 0U) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCOK) != 0U)) + { + /* Clear CRS SYNC event OK flag */ + WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_SYNCOKC); + + /* user callback */ + HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback(); + } + /* Check CRS SYNCWARN flag */ + else if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN) != 0U) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCWARN) != 0U)) + { + /* Clear CRS SYNCWARN flag */ + WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_SYNCWARNC); + + /* user callback */ + HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback(); + } + /* Check CRS Expected SYNC flag */ + else if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC) != 0U) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_ESYNC) != 0U)) + { + /* frequency error counter reached a zero value */ + WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_ESYNCC); + + /* user callback */ + HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback(); + } + /* Check CRS Error flags */ + else + { + if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_ERR) != 0U) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_ERR) != 0U)) + { + if((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR) != 0U) + { + crserror |= RCC_CRS_SYNCERR; + } + if((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS) != 0U) + { + crserror |= RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS; + } + if((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF) != 0U) + { + crserror |= RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF; + } + + /* Clear CRS Error flags */ + WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_ERRC); + + /* user error callback */ + HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback(crserror); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief RCCEx Clock Recovery System SYNCOK interrupt callback. + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief RCCEx Clock Recovery System SYNCWARN interrupt callback. + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief RCCEx Clock Recovery System Expected SYNC interrupt callback. + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief RCCEx Clock Recovery System Error interrupt callback. + * @param Error Combination of Error status. + * This parameter can be a combination of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCERR + * @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS + * @arg @ref RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback(uint32_t Error) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(Error); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* CRS */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_tim.c b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_tim.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bac42f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_tim.c @@ -0,0 +1,6992 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l0xx_hal_tim.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief TIM HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Timer (TIM) peripheral: + * + TIM Time Base Initialization + * + TIM Time Base Start + * + TIM Time Base Start Interruption + * + TIM Time Base Start DMA + * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Initialization + * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration + * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start + * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start Interruption + * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start DMA + * + TIM Input Capture Initialization + * + TIM Input Capture Channel Configuration + * + TIM Input Capture Start + * + TIM Input Capture Start Interruption + * + TIM Input Capture Start DMA + * + TIM One Pulse Initialization + * + TIM One Pulse Channel Configuration + * + TIM One Pulse Start + * + TIM Encoder Interface Initialization + * + TIM Encoder Interface Start + * + TIM Encoder Interface Start Interruption + * + TIM Encoder Interface Start DMA + * + Commutation Event configuration with Interruption and DMA + * + TIM OCRef clear configuration + * + TIM External Clock configuration + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIMER Generic features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] The Timer features include: + (#) 16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter. + (#) 16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the + counter clock frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536. + (#) Up to 4 independent channels for: + (++) Input Capture + (++) Output Compare + (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode) + (++) One-pulse mode output + (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to interconnect + several timers together. + (#) Supports incremental encoder for positioning purposes + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions + depending on the selected feature: + (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit() + (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit() + (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit() + (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit() + (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit() + (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit() + + (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources : + (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (##) TIM pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function: + __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init(); + + (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the + internal clock from the APBx), using the following function: + HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before + any start function. + + (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the + Initialization function of this driver: + (++) HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base + (++) HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate an + Output Compare signal. + (++) HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate a + PWM signal. + (++) HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to measure an + external signal. + (++) HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer + in One Pulse Mode. + (++) HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface. + + (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions depending from the feature used: + (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_Start(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT() + (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_Start(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT() + (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_Start(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT() + (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT() + (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT() + (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(). + + (#) The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions: + HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart() + HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart() + + *** Callback registration *** + ============================================= + + [..] + The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 + allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. + + [..] + Use Function @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() to register a callback. + @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, + the Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function. + + [..] + Use function @ref HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default + weak function. + @ref HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, + and the Callback ID. + + [..] + These functions allow to register/unregister following callbacks: + (+) Base_MspInitCallback : TIM Base Msp Init Callback. + (+) Base_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Base Msp DeInit Callback. + (+) IC_MspInitCallback : TIM IC Msp Init Callback. + (+) IC_MspDeInitCallback : TIM IC Msp DeInit Callback. + (+) OC_MspInitCallback : TIM OC Msp Init Callback. + (+) OC_MspDeInitCallback : TIM OC Msp DeInit Callback. + (+) PWM_MspInitCallback : TIM PWM Msp Init Callback. + (+) PWM_MspDeInitCallback : TIM PWM Msp DeInit Callback. + (+) OnePulse_MspInitCallback : TIM One Pulse Msp Init Callback. + (+) OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback : TIM One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback. + (+) Encoder_MspInitCallback : TIM Encoder Msp Init Callback. + (+) Encoder_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Encoder Msp DeInit Callback. + (+) PeriodElapsedCallback : TIM Period Elapsed Callback. + (+) PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback : TIM Period Elapsed half complete Callback. + (+) TriggerCallback : TIM Trigger Callback. + (+) TriggerHalfCpltCallback : TIM Trigger half complete Callback. + (+) IC_CaptureCallback : TIM Input Capture Callback. + (+) IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback : TIM Input Capture half complete Callback. + (+) OC_DelayElapsedCallback : TIM Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback. + (+) PWM_PulseFinishedCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished Callback. + (+) PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback. + (+) ErrorCallback : TIM Error Callback. + + [..] +By default, after the Init and when the state is HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET +all interrupt callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions: + examples @ref HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(), @ref HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(). + + [..] + Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are reset to the legacy weak + functionalities in the Init / DeInit only when these callbacks are null + (not registered beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the Init / DeInit + keep and use the user MspInit / MspDeInit callbacks(registered beforehand) + + [..] + Callbacks can be registered / unregistered in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY state only. + Exception done MspInit / MspDeInit that can be registered / unregistered + in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY or HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET state, + thus registered(user) MspInit / DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init / DeInit. + In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks + using @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() before calling DeInit or Init function. + + [..] + When The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or + not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks + are set to the corresponding weak functions. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved.

+ * + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM TIM + * @brief TIM HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup TIM_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +static void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure); +static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); +static void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); +static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); +static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); +static void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource); +static void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter); +static void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState); +static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig); +/** + * @} + */ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group1 TIM Time Base functions + * @brief Time Base functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time Base functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM base. + (+) De-initialize the TIM base. + (+) Start the Time Base. + (+) Stop the Time Base. + (+) Start the Time Base and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time Base and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time Base and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time Base and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) + * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction + * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. + * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Base_Init() + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if (htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim->Init.Period)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PRESCALER(htim->Init.Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + + if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ + TIM_ResetCallback(htim); + + if (htim->Base_MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; + } + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + htim->Base_MspInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the Time Base configuration */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; + + /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + if (htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; + } + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; + + /* Change the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Base MSP. + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Base MSP. + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation. + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check the TIM state */ + if (htim->State != HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation. + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check the TIM state */ + if (htim->State != HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the TIM Update interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the TIM Update interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @param pData The source Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Set the TIM state */ + if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->ARR, Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); + + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group2 TIM Output Compare functions + * @brief TIM Output Compare functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIM Output Compare functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Output Compare. + (+) De-initialize the TIM Output Compare. + (+) Start the TIM Output Compare. + (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare. + (+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. + * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) + * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction + * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. + * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OC_Init() + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if (htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim->Init.Period)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PRESCALER(htim->Init.Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + + if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ + TIM_ResetCallback(htim); + + if (htim->OC_MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; + } + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + htim->OC_MspInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Init the base time for the Output Compare */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; + + /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + if (htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; + } + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; + + /* Change the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Check the TIM channel state */ + if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + /* Enable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Check the TIM channel state */ + if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData The source Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group3 TIM PWM functions + * @brief TIM PWM functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIM PWM functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM PWM. + (+) De-initialize the TIM PWM. + (+) Start the TIM PWM. + (+) Stop the TIM PWM. + (+) Start the TIM PWM and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the TIM PWM and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. + * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) + * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction + * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. + * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_PWM_Init() + * @param htim TIM PWM handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if (htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim->Init.Period)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PRESCALER(htim->Init.Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + + if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ + TIM_ResetCallback(htim); + + if (htim->PWM_MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; + } + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + htim->PWM_MspInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Init the base time for the PWM */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; + + /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral + * @param htim TIM PWM handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + if (htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; + } + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; + + /* Change the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM MSP. + * @param htim TIM PWM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP. + * @param htim TIM PWM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Check the TIM channel state */ + if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation. + * @param htim TIM PWM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM PWM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Check the TIM channel state */ + if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM PWM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM PWM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData The source Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Output Capture/Compare 3 request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM PWM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group4 TIM Input Capture functions + * @brief TIM Input Capture functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIM Input Capture functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Input Capture. + (+) De-initialize the TIM Input Capture. + (+) Start the TIM Input Capture. + (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture. + (+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. + * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) + * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction + * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. + * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_IC_Init() + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if (htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim->Init.Period)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PRESCALER(htim->Init.Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + + if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ + TIM_ResetCallback(htim); + + if (htim->IC_MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; + } + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + htim->IC_MspInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Init the base time for the input capture */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; + + /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + if (htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; + } + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; + + /* Change the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture MSP. + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement. + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Check the TIM channel state */ + if (channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement. + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Check the TIM channel state */ + if (channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData The destination Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + if (channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + if (channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; + if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + } + else + { + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group5 TIM One Pulse functions + * @brief TIM One Pulse functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIM One Pulse functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM One Pulse. + (+) De-initialize the TIM One Pulse. + (+) Start the TIM One Pulse. + (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse. + (+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. + * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) + * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction + * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. + * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init() + * @note When the timer instance is initialized in One Pulse mode, timer + * channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and cannot be used for other + * purpose. + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OnePulseMode Select the One pulse mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE: Only one pulse will be generated. + * @arg TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses will be generated. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if (htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(OnePulseMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim->Init.Period)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PRESCALER(htim->Init.Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + + if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ + TIM_ResetCallback(htim); + + if (htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; + } + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Configure the Time base in the One Pulse Mode */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Reset the OPM Bit */ + htim->Instance->CR1 &= ~TIM_CR1_OPM; + + /* Configure the OPM Mode */ + htim->Instance->CR1 |= OnePulseMode; + + /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; + + /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + if (htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; + } + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; + + /* Set the TIM channel state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP. + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP. + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation. + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(OutputChannel); + + /* Check the TIM channels state */ + if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together + + No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware + (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ + + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation. + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be disable + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(OutputChannel); + + /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ + + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(OutputChannel); + + /* Check the TIM channels state */ + if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + + /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together + + No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware + (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(OutputChannel); + + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + + /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group6 TIM Encoder functions + * @brief TIM Encoder functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIM Encoder functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Encoder. + (+) De-initialize the TIM Encoder. + (+) Start the TIM Encoder. + (+) Stop the TIM Encoder. + (+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and initialize the associated handle. + * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) + * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction + * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. + * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init() + * @note Encoder mode and External clock mode 2 are not compatible and must not be selected together + * Ex: A call for @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init will erase the settings of @ref HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource + * using TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2 and vice versa + * @note When the timer instance is initialized in Encoder mode, timer + * channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and cannot be used for other + * purpose. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param sConfig TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef *sConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + uint32_t tmpccmr1; + uint32_t tmpccer; + + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if (htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(sConfig->EncoderMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC1Selection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC2Selection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(sConfig->IC2Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC2Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC2Filter)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim->Init.Period)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PRESCALER(htim->Init.Prescaler)); + + if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ + TIM_ResetCallback(htim); + + if (htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; + } + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Reset the SMS and ECE bits */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_ECE); + + /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + + /* Set the encoder Mode */ + tmpsmcr |= sConfig->EncoderMode; + + /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S); + tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Selection | (sConfig->IC2Selection << 8U)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 prescalers and filters */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC); + tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); + tmpccmr1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler | (sConfig->IC2Prescaler << 8U); + tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Filter << 4U) | (sConfig->IC2Filter << 12U); + + /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC2P); + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= sConfig->IC1Polarity | (sConfig->IC2Polarity << 4U); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; + + /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; + + /* Set the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + if (htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) + { + htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; + } + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback(htim); +#else + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; + + /* Set the TIM channels state */ + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ + if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + if (channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + if (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else + { + if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + + /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + break; + } + + default : + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + break; + } + } + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 + (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + break; + } + + default : + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + break; + } + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ + if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ + if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + if (channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + if (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else + { + if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + + /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ + /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and/or 2 */ + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + + default : + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 + (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ + if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + else + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ + if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @param pData1 The destination Buffer address for IC1. + * @param pData2 The destination Buffer address for IC2. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData1, + uint32_t *pData2, uint16_t Length) +{ + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ + if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + if (channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if (channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData1 == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + if (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData2 == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) + || (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) + && (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) + { + if ((((pData1 == NULL) || (pData2 == NULL))) && (Length > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError; + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: + { + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 + (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ + if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + } + else + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 and 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ + if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + else + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group7 TIM IRQ handler management + * @brief TIM IRQ handler management + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IRQ handler management ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides Timer IRQ handler function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief This function handles TIM interrupts requests. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Capture compare 1 event */ + if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC1) != RESET) + { + if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC1) != RESET) + { + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + + /* Input capture event */ + if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) != 0x00U) + { +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + } + /* Capture compare 2 event */ + if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC2) != RESET) + { + if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC2) != RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + /* Input capture event */ + if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) != 0x00U) + { +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + /* Capture compare 3 event */ + if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC3) != RESET) + { + if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC3) != RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + /* Input capture event */ + if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC3S) != 0x00U) + { +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + /* Capture compare 4 event */ + if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC4) != RESET) + { + if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC4) != RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + /* Input capture event */ + if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) != 0x00U) + { +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + /* TIM Update event */ + if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_UPDATE) != RESET) + { + if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE) != RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + /* TIM Trigger detection event */ + if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER) != RESET) + { + if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER) != RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->TriggerCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 TIM Peripheral Control functions + * @brief TIM Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode. + (+) Configure External Clock source. + (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization. + (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param sConfig TIM Output Compare configuration structure + * @param Channel TIM Channels to configure + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, + uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim TIM IC handle + * @param sConfig TIM Input Capture configuration structure + * @param Channel TIM Channel to configure + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->ICSelection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->ICPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->ICFilter)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; + + /* Set the IC1PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + /* TI2 Configuration */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; + + /* Set the IC2PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U); + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_3) + { + /* TI3 Configuration */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC; + + /* Set the IC3PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; + } + else + { + /* TI4 Configuration */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC; + + /* Set the IC4PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U); + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim TIM PWM handle + * @param sConfig TIM PWM configuration structure + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be configured + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, + uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U; + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U; + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param sConfig TIM One Pulse configuration structure + * @param OutputChannel TIM output channel to configure + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @param InputChannel TIM input Channel to configure + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @note To output a waveform with a minimum delay user can enable the fast + * mode by calling the @ref __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_OCxFAST macro. Then CCx + * output is forced in response to the edge detection on TIx input, + * without taking in account the comparison. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef *sConfig, + uint32_t OutputChannel, uint32_t InputChannel) +{ + TIM_OC_InitTypeDef temp1; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(OutputChannel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(InputChannel)); + + if (OutputChannel != InputChannel) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Extract the Output compare configuration from sConfig structure */ + temp1.OCMode = sConfig->OCMode; + temp1.Pulse = sConfig->Pulse; + temp1.OCPolarity = sConfig->OCPolarity; + + switch (OutputChannel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); + break; + } + default: + break; + } + + switch (InputChannel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; + + /* Select the Trigger source */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1FP1; + + /* Select the Slave Mode */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; + + /* Select the Trigger source */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI2FP2; + + /* Select the Slave Mode */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR + * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. + * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value + * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. + * @note This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, + uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) +{ + return HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength, + ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer multiple Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR + * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. + * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value + * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. + * @param DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value + * between 1 and 0xFFFF. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, + uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, + uint32_t BurstLength, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength)); + + if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY) + { + if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + else + { + /* nothing to do */ + } + switch (BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + /* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + default: + break; + } + + /* Configure the DMA Burst Mode */ + htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength); + /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + + /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ + switch (BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); + break; + } + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + + /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data read + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR + * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. + * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value + * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. + * @note This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, + uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) +{ + return HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength, + ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data read + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR + * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. + * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value + * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. + * @param DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value + * between 1 and 0xFFFF. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, + uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, + uint32_t BurstLength, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength)); + + if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY) + { + if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + else + { + /* nothing to do */ + } + switch (BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + /* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, + DataLength) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Return error status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + default: + break; + } + + /* Configure the DMA Burst Mode */ + htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength); + + /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop the DMA burst reading + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + + /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ + switch (BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); + break; + } + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); + break; + } + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + + /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ + htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Generate a software event + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param EventSource specifies the event source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: Timer update Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER: Timer Trigger Event source + * @note Basic timers can only generate an update event. + * @retval HAL status + */ + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t EventSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(EventSource)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + /* Change the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the event sources */ + htim->Instance->EGR = EventSource; + + /* Change the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the OCRef clear feature + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param sClearInputConfig pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral. + * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef *sClearInputConfig, + uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + switch (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource) + { + case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE: + { + /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit and the the ETR Bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, (TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP)); + break; + } + + case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter)); + + /* When OCRef clear feature is used with ETR source, ETR prescaler must be off */ + if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler != TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV1) + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter); + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */ + SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE); + } + else + { + /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */ + CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE); + } + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */ + SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE); + } + else + { + /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */ + CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE); + } + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */ + SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE); + } + else + { + /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */ + CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE); + } + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */ + SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE); + } + else + { + /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */ + CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE); + } + break; + } + default: + break; + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the clock source to be used + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param sClockSourceConfig pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the clock source information for the TIM peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef *sClockSourceConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE(sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource)); + + /* Reset the SMS, TS, ECE, ETPS and ETRF bits */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS); + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + switch (sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource) + { + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + break; + } + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 1 (ETRF)*/ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + + /* Select the External clock mode1 and the ETRF trigger */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + tmpsmcr |= (TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 | TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1); + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + break; + } + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 2 (ETRF)*/ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + /* Enable the External clock mode2 */ + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE; + break; + } + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1); + break; + } + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 (ETRF)*/ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check TI2 input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2); + break; + } + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED); + break; + } + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0: + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1: + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2: + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports internal trigger input */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource); + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from CH1_input + * or a XOR combination between CH1_input, CH2_input & CH3_input + * @param htim TIM handle. + * @param TI1_Selection Indicate whether or not channel 1 is connected to the + * output of a XOR gate. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input + * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 + * pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination) + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr2; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION(TI1_Selection)); + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2; + + /* Reset the TI1 selection */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_TI1S; + + /* Set the TI1 selection */ + tmpcr2 |= TI1_Selection; + + /* Write to TIMxCR2 */ + htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode + * @param htim TIM handle. + * @param sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered + * timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode + * (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK) + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable Trigger Interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); + + /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode + * @param htim TIM handle. + * @param sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered + * timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode + * (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK) + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Enable Trigger Interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); + + /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit + * @param htim TIM handle. + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval Captured value + */ +uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 1 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR1; + + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 2 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR2; + + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 3 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR3; + + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 4 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR4; + + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + return tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group9 TIM Callbacks functions + * @brief TIM Callbacks functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIM Callbacks functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides TIM callback functions: + (+) TIM Period elapsed callback + (+) TIM Output Compare callback + (+) TIM Input capture callback + (+) TIM Trigger callback + (+) TIM Error callback + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Period elapsed callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Period elapsed half complete callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Output Compare callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM OC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Input Capture callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM IC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Input Capture half complete callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM IC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief PWM Pulse finished callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief PWM Pulse finished half complete callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Hall Trigger detection callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Hall Trigger detection half complete callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Timer error callback in non-blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +/** + * @brief Register a User TIM callback to be used instead of the weak predefined callback + * @param htim tim handle + * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID + * @param pCallback pointer to the callback function + * @retval status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, + pTIM_CallbackTypeDef pCallback) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (pCallback == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Base_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->IC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID : + htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID : + htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID : + htim->TriggerCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID : + htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID : + htim->IC_CaptureCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID : + htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID : + htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID : + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID : + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID : + htim->ErrorCallback = pCallback; + break; + + default : + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Base_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->IC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + default : + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Unregister a TIM callback + * TIM callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback + * @param htim tim handle + * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID + * @retval status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID : + htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback; /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID : + htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed half complete Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID : + htim->TriggerCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback; /* Legacy weak Trigger Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID : + htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak Trigger half complete Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID : + htim->IC_CaptureCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback; /* Legacy weak IC Capture Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID : + htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak IC Capture half complete Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID : + htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback; /* Legacy weak OC Delay Elapsed Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID : + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID : + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID : + htim->ErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak Error Callback */ + break; + + default : + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */ + break; + + case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */ + break; + + default : + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Return error status */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return status; +} +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group10 TIM Peripheral State functions + * @brief TIM Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Base handle state. + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM OC handle state. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM PWM handle state. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Input Capture handle state. + * @param htim TIM IC handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM One Pulse Mode handle state. + * @param htim TIM OPM handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval Active channel + */ +HAL_TIM_ActiveChannel HAL_TIM_GetActiveChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->Channel; +} + +/** + * @brief Return actual state of the TIM channel. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 + * @retval TIM Channel state + */ +HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_GetChannelState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); + + return channel_state; +} + +/** + * @brief Return actual state of a DMA burst operation. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval DMA burst state + */ +HAL_TIM_DMABurstStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurstState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + return htim->DMABurstState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA error callback + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + } + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->ErrorCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + + if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + + if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + + if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + + if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + } + else + { + /* nothing to do */ + } + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse half complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + } + else + { + /* nothing to do */ + } + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Capture complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMACaptureCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + + if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + + if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + + if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + + if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); + } + } + else + { + /* nothing to do */ + } + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Capture half complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + } + else + { + /* nothing to do */ + } + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + if (htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + } + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse half complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Trigger callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + if (htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + } + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->TriggerCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Trigger half complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim); +#else + HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim); +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief Time Base configuration + * @param TIMx TIM peripheral + * @param Structure TIM Base configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr1; + tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; + + /* Set TIM Time Base Unit parameters ---------------------------------------*/ + if (IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Select the Counter Mode */ + tmpcr1 &= ~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS); + tmpcr1 |= Structure->CounterMode; + } + + if (IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Set the clock division */ + tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_CKD; + tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)Structure->ClockDivision; + } + + /* Set the auto-reload preload */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpcr1, TIM_CR1_ARPE, Structure->AutoReloadPreload); + + TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; + + /* Set the Autoreload value */ + TIMx->ARR = (uint32_t)Structure->Period ; + + /* Set the Prescaler value */ + TIMx->PSC = Structure->Prescaler; + + /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler + and the repetition counter (only for advanced timer) value immediately */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_EGR_UG; +} + +/** + * @brief Timer Output Compare 1 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx; + uint32_t tmpccer; + uint32_t tmpcr2; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCPolarity; + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR1 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Timer Output Compare 2 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx; + uint32_t tmpccer; + uint32_t tmpcr2; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 4U); + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR2 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Timer Output Compare 3 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx; + uint32_t tmpccer; + uint32_t tmpcr2; + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 8U); + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR3 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Timer Output Compare 4 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx; + uint32_t tmpccer; + uint32_t tmpcr2; + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 12U); + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR4 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Slave Timer configuration function + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param sSlaveConfig Slave timer configuration + * @retval None + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + uint32_t tmpccmr1; + uint32_t tmpccer; + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + + /* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + /* Set the Input Trigger source */ + tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger; + + /* Reset the slave mode Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + /* Set the slave mode */ + tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode; + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + /* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */ + switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger) + { + case TIM_TS_ETRF: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + /* Configure the ETR Trigger source */ + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); + break; + } + + case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + + if (sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode == TIM_SLAVEMODE_GATED) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; + tmpccmr1 |= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4U); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; + break; + } + + case TIM_TS_TI1FP1: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + + /* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */ + TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); + break; + } + + case TIM_TS_TI2FP2: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + + /* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */ + TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); + break; + } + + case TIM_TS_ITR0: + case TIM_TS_ITR1: + case TIM_TS_ITR2: + case TIM_TS_ITR3: + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI2FP1 + * (on channel2 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + */ +static void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1; + uint32_t tmpccer; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input */ + if (IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) + { + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ICSelection; + } + else + { + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0; + } + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; + tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC1F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); + tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity & (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI1. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1; + uint32_t tmpccer; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; + tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 4U); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); + tmpccer |= TIM_ICPolarity; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI1FP2 + * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + */ +static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1; + uint32_t tmpccer; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; + tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U); + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; + tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 4U) & (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI2. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1; + uint32_t tmpccer; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; + tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 12U); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity << 4U); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI3FP4 + * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + */ +static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2; + uint32_t tmpccer; + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ICSelection; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F; + tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC3F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP); + tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 8U) & (TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI4FP3 + * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2; + uint32_t tmpccer; + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; + tmpccmr2 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U); + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4F; + tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC4F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP); + tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 12U) & (TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param InputTriggerSource The Input Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + /* Reset the TS Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + /* Set the Input Trigger source and the slave mode*/ + tmpsmcr |= (InputTriggerSource | TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1); + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR). + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Reset the ETR Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); + + /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */ + tmpsmcr |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (ExtTRGFilter << 8U))); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @param ChannelState specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state. + * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_ENABLE or TIM_CCx_DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState) +{ + uint32_t tmp; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); + + tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1E << (Channel & 0x1FU); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */ + + /* Reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp; + + /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelState << (Channel & 0x1FU)); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */ +} + +#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +/** + * @brief Reset interrupt callbacks to the legacy weak callbacks. + * @param htim pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ResetCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Reset the TIM callback to the legacy weak callbacks */ + htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback; /* Legacy weak PeriodElapsedCallback */ + htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback */ + htim->TriggerCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback; /* Legacy weak TriggerCallback */ + htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TriggerHalfCpltCallback */ + htim->IC_CaptureCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback; /* Legacy weak IC_CaptureCallback */ + htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback */ + htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback; /* Legacy weak OC_DelayElapsedCallback */ + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM_PulseFinishedCallback */ + htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback */ + htim->ErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */ +} +#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_tim_ex.c b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_tim_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1751a3e --- /dev/null +++ b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_tim_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,427 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l0xx_hal_tim_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief TIM HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Timer Extended peripheral: + * + Time Master and Slave synchronization configuration + * + Timer remapping capabilities configuration + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIMER Extended features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The Timer Extended features include: + (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to + interconnect several timers together. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved.

+ * + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx TIMEx + * @brief TIM Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions TIM Extended Exported Functions + * @{ + */ +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group5 Extended Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure Master synchronization. + (+) Configure timer remapping capabilities. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM in master mode. + * @param htim TIM handle. + * @param sMasterConfig pointer to a TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the selected trigger output (TRGO) and the Master/Slave + * mode. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef *sMasterConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr2; + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode)); + + /* Check input state */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + /* Change the handler state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + + /* Reset the MMS Bits */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS; + /* Select the TRGO source */ + tmpcr2 |= sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger; + + /* Update TIMx CR2 */ + htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + /* Reset the MSM Bit */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_MSM; + /* Set master mode */ + tmpsmcr |= sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode; + + /* Update TIMx SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + } + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Remapping input capabilities. + @if STM32L073xx + * @note It is not possible to connect TIM2 and TIM21 on PB5(AF4) at the same time. + * When selecting TIM3_TI2_GPIOB5_AF4, Channel2 of TIM3 will be + * connected to PB5(AF4) and Channel2 of TIM21 will be connected to + * some other GPIOs. (refer to alternate functions for more details) + * When selecting TIM3_TI2_GPIO_DEF, Channel2 of Timer 3 will be + * connected an GPIO (other than PB5(AF4)) and Channel2 of TIM21 + * will be connected to PB5(AF4). + * @note When TIM2 ETR is fed with HSI48, this ETR must be prescaled internally + * to the TIMER2 because the maximum system frequency is 32 MHz + @endif + * @param htim TIM handle. + * @param Remap specifies the TIM remapping source. + @if STM32L073xx + * For TIM2, the parameter is a combination of 2 fields (field1 | field2): + * + * field1 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM2_ETR_GPIO: TIM2 ETR connected to GPIO (default): + * PA0(AF5) or PA5(AF2) or PA15(AF2) or PE9(AF2) + * @arg TIM2_ETR_HSI48: TIM2 ETR connected to HSI48 + * @arg TIM2_ETR_HSI16: TIM2 ETR connected to HSI16 + * @arg TIM2_ETR_LSE: TIM2 ETR connected to LSE + * @arg TIM2_ETR_COMP2_OUT: TIM2 ETR connected to COMP2 output + * @arg TIM2_ETR_COMP1_OUT: TIM2 ETR connected to COMP1 output + * + * field2 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM2_TI4_GPIO : TIM2 TI4 connected to GPIO1(default): + * PA3(AF2) or PB11(AF2) or PE12(AF0) + * @arg TIM2_TI4_COMP1: TIM2 TI4 connected to COMP1 + * @arg TIM2_TI4_COMP2: TIM2 TI4 connected to COMP2 + @endif + @if STM32L031xx + * For TIM2, the parameter is a combination of 2 fields (field1 | field2): + * + * field1 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM2_ETR_GPIO: TIM2 ETR connected to GPIO (default): + * PA0(AF5) or PA5(AF2) or PA15(AF2) + * @arg TIM2_ETR_HSI16: TIM2 ETR connected to HS16 (HSIOUT) + * @arg TIM2_ETR_LSE: TIM2 ETR connected to LSE + * @arg TIM2_ETR_COMP2_OUT: TIM2 ETR connected to COMP2 output + * @arg TIM2_ETR_COMP1_OUT: TIM2 ETR connected to COMP1 output + * + * field2 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM2_TI4_GPIO : TIM2 TI4 connected to GPIO (default): + * PA3(AF2) or PB11(AF2) or PB1(AF5) + * @arg TIM2_TI4_COMP1_OUT: TIM2 TI4 connected to COMP1 output + * @arg TIM2_TI4_COMP2_OUT: TIM2 TI4 connected to COMP2 output + @endif + @if STM32L011xx + * For TIM2, the parameter is a combination of 2 fields (field1 | field2): + * + * field1 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM2_ETR_GPIO: TIM2 ETR connected to GPIO (default): + * PA0(AF5) or PA5(AF2) or PA15(AF2) + * @arg TIM2_ETR_HSI16: TIM2 ETR connected to HS16 (HSIOUT) + * @arg TIM2_ETR_LSE: TIM2 ETR connected to LSE + * @arg TIM2_ETR_COMP2_OUT: TIM2 ETR connected to COMP2 output + * @arg TIM2_ETR_COMP1_OUT: TIM2 ETR connected to COMP1 output + * + * field2 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM2_TI4_GPIO : TIM2 TI4 connected to GPIO (default): + * PA3(AF2) or PB11(AF2) or PB1(AF5) + * @arg TIM2_TI4_COMP1_OUT: TIM2 TI4 connected to COMP1 output + * @arg TIM2_TI4_COMP2_OUT: TIM2 TI4 connected to COMP2 output + @endif + @if STM32L051xx + * For TIM2, the parameter is a combination of 2 fields (field1 | field2): + * + * field1 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM2_ETR_GPIO: TIM2 ETR connected to GPIO (default): + * PA0(AF5) or PA5(AF2) or PA15(AF2) or PE9(AF2) + * @arg TIM2_ETR_HSI48: TIM2 ETR connected to HSI48 + * @arg TIM2_ETR_LSE: TIM2 ETR connected to LSE + * @arg TIM2_ETR_COMP2_OUT: TIM2 ETR connected to COMP2 output + * @arg TIM2_ETR_COMP1_OUT: TIM2 ETR connected to COMP1 output + * + * field2 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM2_TI4_GPIO: TIM2 TI4 connected to GPIO1(default): + * PA3(AF2) or PB11(AF2) or PE12(AF0) + * @arg TIM2_TI4_COMP1: TIM2 TI4 connected to COMP1 + * @arg TIM2_TI4_COMP2: TIM2 TI4 connected to COMP2 + * @arg TIM2_TI4_GPIO2: TIM2 TI4 connected to GPIO2 : + * PA3(AF2) or PB11(AF2) or PE12(AF0) + @endif + @if STM32L073xx + * + * For TIM3, the parameter is a combination of 4 fields (field1 | field2 | field3 | field4): + * + * field1 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM3_ETR_GPIO: TIM3 ETR connected to GPIO (default): + * PE2(AF2) or PD2(AF2) or PE2(AF2) + * @arg TIM3_ETR_HSI: TIM3 ETR connected to HSI + * + * field2 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM3_TI1_USB_SOF: TIM3 TI1 connected to USB_SOF (default) + * @arg TIM3_TI1_GPIO: TIM3 TI1 connected to GPIO : + * PE3(AF2) or PA6(AF2) or PC6(AF2) or PB4(AF2) + * + * field3 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM3_TI2_GPIOB5_AF4:TIM3 TI3 connected to P5(AF4) + * (refer to note) + * @arg TIM3_TI2_GPIO_DEF: TIM3 TI3 connected to GPIO (default): + * PA7(AF2) or PB5(AF4) or PC7(AF2) or PE7(AF2) + * + * field4 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM3_TI4_GPIO_DEF: TIM3 TI4 connected to GPIO: + * PB1(AF2) or PE6(AF2) + * @arg TIM3_TI4_GPIOC9_AF2:TIM3 TI4 connected to PC9(AF)2 + @endif + @if STM32L073xx + * For TIM21, the parameter is a combination of 3 fields (field1 | field2 | field3): + * + * field1 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM21_ETR_GPIO: TIM21 ETR connected to GPIO(default) : + * PC9(AF0) or PA1(AF5) + * @arg TIM21_ETR_COMP2_OUT:TIM21 ETR connected to COMP2 output + * @arg TIM21_ETR_COMP1_OUT:TIM21 ETR connected to COMP1 output + * @arg TIM21_ETR_LSE: TIM21 ETR connected to LSE + * + * field2 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM21_TI1_MCO: TIM21 TI1 connected to MCO + * @arg TIM21_TI1_RTC_WKUT_IT: TIM21 TI1 connected to RTC WAKEUP interrupt + * @arg TIM21_TI1_HSE_RTC: TIM21 TI1 connected to HSE_RTC + * @arg TIM21_TI1_MSI: TIM21 TI1 connected to MSI clock + * @arg TIM21_TI1_LSE: TIM21 TI1 connected to LSE + * @arg TIM21_TI1_LSI: TIM21 TI1 connected to LSI + * @arg TIM21_TI1_COMP1_OUT:TIM21 TI1 connected to COMP1_OUT + * @arg TIM21_TI1_GPIO: TIM21 TI1 connected to GPIO(default): + * PA2(AF0) or PB13(AF6) or PE5(AF0) or PD0(AF0) + * + * field3 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM21_TI2_GPIO: TIM21 TI2 connected to GPIO(default): + * PA3(AF0) or PB14(AF6) or PE6(AF0) or PD7(AF1) + * @arg TIM21_TI2_COMP2_OUT:TIM21 TI2 connected to COMP2 output + @endif + @if STM32L031xx + * For TIM21, the parameter is a combination of 3 fields (field1 | field2 | field3): + * + * field1 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM21_ETR_GPIO: TIM21 ETR connected to GPIO(default) : + * PA1(AF5) + * @arg TIM21_ETR_COMP2_OUT:TIM21 ETR connected to COMP2 output + * @arg TIM21_ETR_COMP1_OUT:TIM21 ETR connected to COMP1 output + * @arg TIM21_ETR_LSE: TIM21 ETR connected to LSE + * + * field2 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM21_TI1_MCO: TIM21 TI1 connected to MCO + * @arg TIM21_TI1_RTC_WKUT_IT: TIM21 TI1 connected to RTC WAKEUP interrupt + * @arg TIM21_TI1_HSE_RTC: TIM21 TI1 connected to HSE_RTC + * @arg TIM21_TI1_MSI: TIM21 TI1 connected to MSI clock + * @arg TIM21_TI1_LSE: TIM21 TI1 connected to LSE + * @arg TIM21_TI1_LSI: TIM21 TI1 connected to LSI + * @arg TIM21_TI1_COMP1_OUT:TIM21 TI1 connected to COMP1_OUT + * + * field3 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM21_TI2_GPIO: TIM21 TI2 connected to GPIO(default): + * PA3(AF0) or PB14(AF6) + * @arg TIM21_TI2_COMP2_OUT:TIM21 TI2 connected to COMP2 output + @endif + @if STM32L011xx + * For TIM21, the parameter is a combination of 3 fields (field1 | field2 | field3): + * + * field1 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM21_ETR_GPIO: TIM21 ETR connected to GPIO(default) : + * PA1(AF5) + * @arg TIM21_ETR_COMP2_OUT:TIM21 ETR connected to COMP2 output + * @arg TIM21_ETR_COMP1_OUT:TIM21 ETR connected to COMP1 output + * @arg TIM21_ETR_LSE: TIM21 ETR connected to LSE + * + * field2 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM21_TI1_MCO: TIM21 TI1 connected to MCO + * @arg TIM21_TI1_RTC_WKUT_IT: TIM21 TI1 connected to RTC WAKEUP interrupt + * @arg TIM21_TI1_HSE_RTC: TIM21 TI1 connected to HSE_RTC + * @arg TIM21_TI1_MSI: TIM21 TI1 connected to MSI clock + * @arg TIM21_TI1_LSE: TIM21 TI1 connected to LSE + * @arg TIM21_TI1_LSI: TIM21 TI1 connected to LSI + * @arg TIM21_TI1_COMP1_OUT:TIM21 TI1 connected to COMP1_OUT + * + * field3 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM21_TI2_GPIO: TIM21 TI2 connected to GPIO(default): + * PA3(AF0) or PB14(AF6) + * @arg TIM21_TI2_COMP2_OUT:TIM21 TI2 connected to COMP2 output + @endif + @if STM32L051xx + * For TIM21, the parameter is a combination of 3 fields (field1 | field2 | field3): + * + * field1 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM21_ETR_GPIO: TIM21 ETR connected to GPIO(default) : + * PC9(AF0) or PA1(AF5) + * @arg TIM21_ETR_COMP2_OUT:TIM21 ETR connected to COMP2 output + * @arg TIM21_ETR_COMP1_OUT:TIM21 ETR connected to COMP1 output + * @arg TIM21_ETR_LSE: TIM21 ETR connected to LSE + * + * field2 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM21_TI1_MCO: TIM21 TI1 connected to MCO + * @arg TIM21_TI1_RTC_WKUT_IT: TIM21 TI1 connected to RTC WAKEUP interrupt + * @arg TIM21_TI1_HSE_RTC: TIM21 TI1 connected to HSE_RTC + * @arg TIM21_TI1_MSI: TIM21 TI1 connected to MSI clock + * @arg TIM21_TI1_LSE: TIM21 TI1 connected to LSE + * @arg TIM21_TI1_LSI: TIM21 TI1 connected to LSI + * @arg TIM21_TI1_COMP1_OUT:TIM21 TI1 connected to COMP1_OUT + * @arg TIM21_TI1_GPIO: TIM21 TI1 connected to GPIO(default): + * PA2(AF0) or PB13(AF6) or PE5(AF0) or PD0(AF0) + * + * field3 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM21_TI2_GPIO: TIM21 TI2 connected to GPIO(default): + * PA3(AF0) or PB14(AF6) or PE6(AF0) or PD7(AF1) + * @arg TIM21_TI2_COMP2_OUT:TIM21 TI2 connected to COMP2 output + @endif + @if STM32L073xx + * + * For TIM22, the parameter can have the following values: + * @arg TIM22_ETR_LSE: TIM22 ETR connected to LSE + * @arg TIM22_ETR_COMP2_OUT:TIM22 ETR connected to COMP2 output + * @arg TIM22_ETR_COMP1_OUT:TIM22 ETR connected to COMP1 output + * @arg TIM22_ETR_GPIO: TIM22 ETR connected to GPIO(default): + * PC8(AF0) or PA4(AF5) + * @arg TIM22_TI1_GPIO: TIM22 TI1 connected to GPIO(default): + * PC6(AF0) or PA6(AF5) or PB4(AF4) or PE0(AF3) + * @arg TIM22_TI1_COMP2_OUT:TIM22 TI1 connected to COMP2 output + * @arg TIM22_TI1_COMP1_OUT:TIM22 TI1 connected to COMP1 output + @endif + @if STM32L031xx + * + * For TIM22, the parameter is a combination of 2 fields (field1 | field2): + * + * field1 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM22_ETR_LSE: TIM22 ETR connected to LSE + * @arg TIM22_ETR_COMP2_OUT:TIM22 ETR connected to COMP2 output + * @arg TIM22_ETR_COMP1_OUT:TIM22 ETR connected to COMP1 output + * @arg TIM22_ETR_GPIO: TIM22 ETR connected to GPIO(default): + * PA4(AF5) + * + * field2 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM22_TI1_GPIO: TIM22 TI1 connected to GPIO(default): + * PC0(AF6) or PA5(AF6) or PB4(AF4) + * @arg TIM22_TI1_COMP2_OUT:TIM22 TI1 connected to COMP2 output + * @arg TIM22_TI1_COMP1_OUT:TIM22 TI1 connected to COMP1 output + * + @endif + @if STM32L051xx + * + * For TIM22, the parameter is a combination of 2 fields (field1 | field2): + * + * field1 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM22_ETR_LSE: TIM22 ETR connected to LSE + * @arg TIM22_ETR_COMP2_OUT:TIM22 ETR connected to COMP2 output + * @arg TIM22_ETR_COMP1_OUT:TIM22 ETR connected to COMP1 output + * @arg TIM22_ETR_GPIO: TIM22 ETR connected to GPIO(default): + * PC8(AF0) or PA4(AF5) + * + * field2 can have the following values: + * @arg TIM22_TI1_GPIO: TIM22 TI1 connected to GPIO(default): + * PC6(AF0) or PA6(AF5) or PB4(AF4) or PE0(AF3) + * @arg TIM22_TI1_COMP2_OUT:TIM22 TI1 connected to COMP2 output + * @arg TIM22_TI1_COMP1_OUT:TIM22 TI1 connected to COMP1 output + @endif + * + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Remap) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP(htim->Instance, Remap)); + + /* Set the Timer remapping configuration */ + WRITE_REG(htim->Instance->OR, Remap); + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_uart.c b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_uart.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..349c833 --- /dev/null +++ b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_uart.c @@ -0,0 +1,4145 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l0xx_hal_uart.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief UART HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (UART). + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + The UART HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure (eg. UART_HandleTypeDef huart). + (#) Initialize the UART low level resources by implementing the HAL_UART_MspInit() API: + (++) Enable the USARTx interface clock. + (++) UART pins configuration: + (+++) Enable the clock for the UART GPIOs. + (+++) Configure these UART pins as alternate function pull-up. + (++) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() + and HAL_UART_Receive_IT() APIs): + (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority. + (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle. + (++) UART interrupts handling: + -@@- The specific UART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, + RXNE interrupt, RX/TX FIFOs related interrupts and Error Interrupts) + are managed using the macros __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT() + inside the transmit and receive processes. + (++) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() + and HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() APIs): + (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. + (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters. + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the UART DMA Tx/Rx handle. + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete + interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + + (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware + flow control and Mode (Receiver/Transmitter) in the huart handle Init structure. + + (#) If required, program UART advanced features (TX/RX pins swap, auto Baud rate detection,...) + in the huart handle AdvancedInit structure. + + (#) For the UART asynchronous mode, initialize the UART registers by calling + the HAL_UART_Init() API. + + (#) For the UART Half duplex mode, initialize the UART registers by calling + the HAL_HalfDuplex_Init() API. + + (#) For the UART LIN (Local Interconnection Network) mode, initialize the UART registers + by calling the HAL_LIN_Init() API. + + (#) For the UART Multiprocessor mode, initialize the UART registers + by calling the HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() API. + + (#) For the UART RS485 Driver Enabled mode, initialize the UART registers + by calling the HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API. + + [..] + (@) These API's (HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_LIN_Init(), HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(), + also configure the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) by + calling the customized HAL_UART_MspInit() API. + + ##### Callback registration ##### + ================================== + + [..] + The compilation define USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 + allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. + + [..] + Use Function @ref HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback. + Function @ref HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks: + (+) TxHalfCpltCallback : Tx Half Complete Callback. + (+) TxCpltCallback : Tx Complete Callback. + (+) RxHalfCpltCallback : Rx Half Complete Callback. + (+) RxCpltCallback : Rx Complete Callback. + (+) ErrorCallback : Error Callback. + (+) AbortCpltCallback : Abort Complete Callback. + (+) AbortTransmitCpltCallback : Abort Transmit Complete Callback. + (+) AbortReceiveCpltCallback : Abort Receive Complete Callback. + (+) WakeupCallback : Wakeup Callback. + (+) MspInitCallback : UART MspInit. + (+) MspDeInitCallback : UART MspDeInit. + This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID + and a pointer to the user callback function. + + [..] + Use function @ref HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default + weak (surcharged) function. + @ref HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, + and the Callback ID. + This function allows to reset following callbacks: + (+) TxHalfCpltCallback : Tx Half Complete Callback. + (+) TxCpltCallback : Tx Complete Callback. + (+) RxHalfCpltCallback : Rx Half Complete Callback. + (+) RxCpltCallback : Rx Complete Callback. + (+) ErrorCallback : Error Callback. + (+) AbortCpltCallback : Abort Complete Callback. + (+) AbortTransmitCpltCallback : Abort Transmit Complete Callback. + (+) AbortReceiveCpltCallback : Abort Receive Complete Callback. + (+) WakeupCallback : Wakeup Callback. + (+) MspInitCallback : UART MspInit. + (+) MspDeInitCallback : UART MspDeInit. + + [..] + For specific callback RxEventCallback, use dedicated registration/reset functions: + respectively @ref HAL_UART_RegisterRxEventCallback() , @ref HAL_UART_UnRegisterRxEventCallback(). + + [..] + By default, after the @ref HAL_UART_Init() and when the state is HAL_UART_STATE_RESET + all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak (surcharged) functions: + examples @ref HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(), @ref HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(). + Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are respectively + reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the @ref HAL_UART_Init() + and @ref HAL_UART_DeInit() only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand). + If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_UART_Init() and @ref HAL_UART_DeInit() + keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand). + + [..] + Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_UART_STATE_READY state only. + Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit that can be registered/unregistered + in HAL_UART_STATE_READY or HAL_UART_STATE_RESET state, thus registered (user) + MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit. + In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks + using @ref HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref HAL_UART_DeInit() + or @ref HAL_UART_Init() function. + + [..] + When The compilation define USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or + not defined, the callback registration feature is not available + and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used. + + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved.

+ * + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup UART UART + * @brief HAL UART module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup UART_Private_Constants UART Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define USART_CR1_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | \ + USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8 )) /*!< UART or USART CR1 fields of parameters set by UART_SetConfig API */ + +#define USART_CR3_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE | USART_CR3_ONEBIT)) /*!< UART or USART CR3 fields of parameters set by UART_SetConfig API */ + +#define LPUART_BRR_MIN 0x00000300U /* LPUART BRR minimum authorized value */ +#define LPUART_BRR_MAX 0x000FFFFFU /* LPUART BRR maximum authorized value */ + +#define UART_BRR_MIN 0x10U /* UART BRR minimum authorized value */ +#define UART_BRR_MAX 0x0000FFFFU /* UART BRR maximum authorized value */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup UART_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +static void UART_EndTxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static void UART_EndRxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_TxISR_8BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static void UART_TxISR_16BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static void UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static void UART_RxISR_8BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static void UART_RxISR_16BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions UART Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim +=============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy + in asynchronous mode. + (+) For the asynchronous mode the parameters below can be configured: + (++) Baud Rate + (++) Word Length + (++) Stop Bit + (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + (++) Hardware flow control + (++) Receiver/transmitter modes + (++) Over Sampling Method + (++) One-Bit Sampling Method + (+) For the asynchronous mode, the following advanced features can be configured as well: + (++) TX and/or RX pin level inversion + (++) data logical level inversion + (++) RX and TX pins swap + (++) RX overrun detection disabling + (++) DMA disabling on RX error + (++) MSB first on communication line + (++) auto Baud rate detection + [..] + The HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_LIN_Init()and HAL_MultiProcessor_Init()API + follow respectively the UART asynchronous, UART Half duplex, UART LIN mode + and UART multiprocessor mode configuration procedures (details for the procedures + are available in reference manual). + +@endverbatim + + Depending on the frame length defined by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit, + 8-bit or 9-bit), the possible UART formats are listed in the + following table. + + Table 1. UART frame format. + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M1 bit | M0 bit | PCE bit | UART frame | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 7 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 6 bit data | PB | STB | | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the UART mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if (huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (huart->Init.HwFlowCtl != UART_HWCONTROL_NONE) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + } + else + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param((IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)) || (IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance))); + } + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart); + + if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit; + } + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + huart->MspInitCallback(huart); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT) + { + UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart); + } + + /* In asynchronous mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN)); + + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the half-duplex mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if (huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check UART instance */ + assert_param(IS_UART_HALFDUPLEX_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart); + + if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit; + } + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + huart->MspInitCallback(huart); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT) + { + UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart); + } + + /* In half-duplex mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN)); + + /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_HDSEL); + + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Initialize the LIN mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param BreakDetectLength Specifies the LIN break detection length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B 10-bit break detection + * @arg @ref UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B 11-bit break detection + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t BreakDetectLength) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if (huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the LIN UART instance */ + assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + /* Check the Break detection length parameter */ + assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(BreakDetectLength)); + + /* LIN mode limited to 16-bit oversampling only */ + if (huart->Init.OverSampling == UART_OVERSAMPLING_8) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* LIN mode limited to 8-bit data length */ + if (huart->Init.WordLength != UART_WORDLENGTH_8B) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart); + + if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit; + } + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + huart->MspInitCallback(huart); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT) + { + UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart); + } + + /* In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_CLKEN); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN)); + + /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LINEN); + + /* Set the USART LIN Break detection length. */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LBDL, BreakDetectLength); + + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Initialize the multiprocessor mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param Address UART node address (4-, 6-, 7- or 8-bit long). + * @param WakeUpMethod Specifies the UART wakeup method. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_IDLELINE WakeUp by an idle line detection + * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK WakeUp by an address mark + * @note If the user resorts to idle line detection wake up, the Address parameter + * is useless and ignored by the initialization function. + * @note If the user resorts to address mark wake up, the address length detection + * is configured by default to 4 bits only. For the UART to be able to + * manage 6-, 7- or 8-bit long addresses detection, the API + * HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set() must be called after + * HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t Address, uint32_t WakeUpMethod) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if (huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the wake up method parameter */ + assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUPMETHOD(WakeUpMethod)); + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart); + + if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit; + } + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + huart->MspInitCallback(huart); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT) + { + UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart); + } + + /* In multiprocessor mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register. */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN)); + + if (WakeUpMethod == UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK) + { + /* If address mark wake up method is chosen, set the USART address node */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, ((uint32_t)Address << UART_CR2_ADDRESS_LSB_POS)); + } + + /* Set the wake up method by setting the WAKE bit in the CR1 register */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_WAKE, WakeUpMethod); + + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the UART peripheral. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if (huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param((IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)) || (IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance))); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + huart->Instance->CR1 = 0x0U; + huart->Instance->CR2 = 0x0U; + huart->Instance->CR3 = 0x0U; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + if (huart->MspDeInitCallback == NULL) + { + huart->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspDeInit; + } + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + huart->MspDeInitCallback(huart); +#else + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_UART_MspDeInit(huart); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the UART MSP. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_MspInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_MspInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the UART MSP. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_MspDeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +/** + * @brief Register a User UART Callback + * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback + * @param huart uart handle + * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Half Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Half Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Transmit Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Receive Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_WAKEUP_CB_ID Wakeup Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit Callback ID + * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_RegisterCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, HAL_UART_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, + pUART_CallbackTypeDef pCallback) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (pCallback == NULL) + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->TxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->TxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->RxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->RxCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID : + huart->ErrorCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->AbortCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_WAKEUP_CB_ID : + huart->WakeupCallback = pCallback; + break; + + + case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + default : + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; + break; + + default : + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Unregister an UART Callback + * UART callaback is redirected to the weak predefined callback + * @param huart uart handle + * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Half Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Half Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Transmit Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Receive Complete Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_WAKEUP_CB_ID Wakeup Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit Callback ID + * @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit Callback ID + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, HAL_UART_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + if (HAL_UART_STATE_READY == huart->gState) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->TxCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->RxCpltCallback = HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID : + huart->ErrorCallback = HAL_UART_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak + AbortTransmitCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID : + huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak + AbortReceiveCpltCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_WAKEUP_CB_ID : + huart->WakeupCallback = HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback; /* Legacy weak WakeupCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInitCallback */ + break; + + case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInitCallback */ + break; + + default : + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else if (HAL_UART_STATE_RESET == huart->gState) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit; + break; + + case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : + huart->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspDeInit; + break; + + default : + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Register a User UART Rx Event Callback + * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback + * @param huart Uart handle + * @param pCallback Pointer to the Rx Event Callback function + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_RegisterRxEventCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, pUART_RxEventCallbackTypeDef pCallback) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if (pCallback == NULL) + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + huart->RxEventCallback = pCallback; + } + else + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief UnRegister the UART Rx Event Callback + * UART Rx Event Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback() predefined callback + * @param huart Uart handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_UnRegisterRxEventCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + huart->RxEventCallback = HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback; /* Legacy weak UART Rx Event Callback */ + } + else + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + return status; +} + +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief UART Transmit/Receive functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the UART asynchronous + and Half duplex data transfers. + + (#) There are two mode of transfer: + (+) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. + The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (+) Non-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA, These API's return the HAL status. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated UART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + The HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks + will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process + The HAL_UART_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected + + (#) Blocking mode API's are : + (+) HAL_UART_Transmit() + (+) HAL_UART_Receive() + + (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with Interrupt are : + (+) HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() + (+) HAL_UART_Receive_IT() + (+) HAL_UART_IRQHandler() + + (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with DMA are : + (+) HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() + (+) HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() + (+) HAL_UART_DMAPause() + (+) HAL_UART_DMAResume() + (+) HAL_UART_DMAStop() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in Non_Blocking mode: + (+) HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() + + (#) Non-Blocking mode transfers could be aborted using Abort API's : + (+) HAL_UART_Abort() + (+) HAL_UART_AbortTransmit() + (+) HAL_UART_AbortReceive() + (+) HAL_UART_Abort_IT() + (+) HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT() + (+) HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT() + + (#) For Abort services based on interrupts (HAL_UART_Abortxxx_IT), a set of Abort Complete Callbacks are provided: + (+) HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback() + + (#) A Rx Event Reception Callback (Rx event notification) is available for Non_Blocking modes of enhanced reception services: + (+) HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback() + + (#) In Non-Blocking mode transfers, possible errors are split into 2 categories. + Errors are handled as follows : + (+) Error is considered as Recoverable and non blocking : Transfer could go till end, but error severity is + to be evaluated by user : this concerns Frame Error, Parity Error or Noise Error + in Interrupt mode reception . + Received character is then retrieved and stored in Rx buffer, Error code is set to allow user + to identify error type, and HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed. + Transfer is kept ongoing on UART side. + If user wants to abort it, Abort services should be called by user. + (+) Error is considered as Blocking : Transfer could not be completed properly and is aborted. + This concerns Overrun Error In Interrupt mode reception and all errors in DMA mode. + Error code is set to allow user to identify error type, and HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() + user callback is executed. + + -@- In the Half duplex communication, it is forbidden to run the transmit + and receive process in parallel, the UART state HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX can't be useful. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of u16 provided through pData. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer containing data to be sent, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as sent data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required + * to ensure proper alignment for pData. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint8_t *pdata8bits; + uint16_t *pdata16bits; + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input parameter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be filled into TDR will be + handled through a u16 cast. */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if ((((uint32_t)pData) & 1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + huart->TxXferSize = Size; + huart->TxXferCount = Size; + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + pdata8bits = NULL; + pdata16bits = (uint16_t *) pData; + } + else + { + pdata8bits = pData; + pdata16bits = NULL; + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + while (huart->TxXferCount > 0U) + { + if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + if (pdata8bits == NULL) + { + huart->Instance->TDR = (uint16_t)(*pdata16bits & 0x01FFU); + pdata16bits++; + } + else + { + huart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*pdata8bits & 0xFFU); + pdata8bits++; + } + huart->TxXferCount--; + } + + if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TC, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* At end of Tx process, restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of u16 available through pData. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as received data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required + * to ensure proper alignment for pData. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint8_t *pdata8bits; + uint16_t *pdata16bits; + uint16_t uhMask; + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input parameter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be received from RDR will be + handled through a u16 cast. */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if ((((uint32_t)pData) & 1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + huart->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Computation of UART mask to apply to RDR register */ + UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(huart); + uhMask = huart->Mask; + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pRxData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + pdata8bits = NULL; + pdata16bits = (uint16_t *) pData; + } + else + { + pdata8bits = pData; + pdata16bits = NULL; + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + /* as long as data have to be received */ + while (huart->RxXferCount > 0U) + { + if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + if (pdata8bits == NULL) + { + *pdata16bits = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & uhMask); + pdata16bits++; + } + else + { + *pdata8bits = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask); + pdata8bits++; + } + huart->RxXferCount--; + } + + /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in interrupt mode. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of u16 provided through pData. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer containing data to be sent, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as sent data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required + * to ensure proper alignment for pData. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input parameter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be filled into TDR will be + handled through a u16 cast. */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if ((((uint32_t)pData) & 1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->TxXferSize = Size; + huart->TxXferCount = Size; + huart->TxISR = NULL; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Set the Tx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + huart->TxISR = UART_TxISR_16BIT; + } + else + { + huart->TxISR = UART_TxISR_8BIT; + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + /* Enable the Transmit Data Register Empty interrupt */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of u16 available through pData. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as received data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required + * to ensure proper alignment for pData. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input parameter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be received from RDR will be + handled through a u16 cast. */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if ((((uint32_t)pData) & 1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + /* Set Reception type to Standard reception */ + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + if (!(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance))) + { + /* Check that USART RTOEN bit is set */ + if(READ_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN) != 0U) + { + /* Enable the UART Receiver Timeout Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RTOIE); + } + } + + return(UART_Start_Receive_IT(huart, pData, Size)); + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in DMA mode. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of u16 provided through pData. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer containing data to be sent, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as sent data will be handled by DMA from halfword frontier). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required + * to ensure proper alignment for pData. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input parameter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data copy into TDR will be + handled by DMA from a u16 frontier. */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if ((((uint32_t)pData) & 1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->TxXferSize = Size; + huart->TxXferCount = Size; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMATransmitCplt; + + /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMATxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA abort callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the UART transmit DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmatx, (uint32_t)huart->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->TDR, Size) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Set error code to DMA */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + /* Restore huart->gState to ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + /* Clear the TC flag in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_TCF); + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in DMA mode. + * @note When the UART parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data contain + * the parity bit (MSB position). + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of u16 available through pData. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier + * (16 bits) (as received data will be handled by DMA from halfword frontier). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required + * to ensure proper alignment for pData. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input parameter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data copy from RDR will be + handled by DMA from a u16 frontier. */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if ((((uint32_t)pData) & 1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + /* Set Reception type to Standard reception */ + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + if (!(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance))) + { + /* Check that USART RTOEN bit is set */ + if(READ_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN) != 0U) + { + /* Enable the UART Receiver Timeout Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RTOIE); + } + } + + return(UART_Start_Receive_DMA(huart, pData, Size)); + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Pause the DMA Transfer. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAPause(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef gstate = huart->gState; + const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef rxstate = huart->RxState; + + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) && + (gstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)) + { + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + } + if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) && + (rxstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)) + { + /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Resume the DMA Transfer. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAResume(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Enable the UART DMA Tx request */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + } + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF); + + /* Re-enable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the UART DMA Rx request */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop the DMA Transfer. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAStop(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application + to call the HAL UART API under callbacks HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() / + HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback / HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback: + indeed, when HAL_DMA_Abort() API is called, the DMA TX/RX Transfer or Half Transfer complete + interrupt is generated if the DMA transfer interruption occurs at the middle or at the end of + the stream and the corresponding call back is executed. */ + + const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef gstate = huart->gState; + const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef rxstate = huart->RxState; + + /* Stop UART DMA Tx request if ongoing */ + if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) && + (gstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel */ + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Set error code to DMA */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + UART_EndTxTransfer(huart); + } + + /* Stop UART DMA Rx request if ongoing */ + if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) && + (rxstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Set error code to DMA */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + UART_EndRxTransfer(huart); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (blocking mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx and Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Abort(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* If Reception till IDLE event was ongoing, disable IDLEIE interrupt */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_IDLEIE)); + } + + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Set error code to DMA */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Set error code to DMA */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + + /* Discard the received data */ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + + /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (blocking mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortTransmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Set error code to DMA */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + + + /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (blocking mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortReceive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* If Reception till IDLE event was ongoing, disable IDLEIE interrupt */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_IDLEIE)); + } + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Set error code to DMA */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Discard the received data */ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + + /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (Interrupt mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx and Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Abort_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t abortcplt = 1U; + + /* Disable interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* If Reception till IDLE event was ongoing, disable IDLEIE interrupt */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_IDLEIE)); + } + + /* If DMA Tx and/or DMA Rx Handles are associated to UART Handle, DMA Abort complete callbacks should be initialised + before any call to DMA Abort functions */ + /* DMA Tx Handle is valid */ + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Tx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMATxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + /* DMA Rx Handle is valid */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Rx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMARxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + /* Disable DMA Tx at UART level */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* UART Tx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised : + will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + else + { + abortcplt = 0U; + } + } + } + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* UART Rx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised : + will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + abortcplt = 1U; + } + else + { + abortcplt = 0U; + } + } + } + + /* if no DMA abort complete callback execution is required => call user Abort Complete callback */ + if (abortcplt == 1U) + { + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear ISR function pointers */ + huart->RxISR = NULL; + huart->TxISR = NULL; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + + /* Discard the received data */ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + + /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort complete callback */ + huart->AbortCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (Interrupt mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback; + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmatx); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear TxISR function pointers */ + huart->TxISR = NULL; + + /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */ + huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear TxISR function pointers */ + huart->TxISR = NULL; + + + /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */ + huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (Interrupt mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* If Reception till IDLE event was ongoing, disable IDLEIE interrupt */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_IDLEIE)); + } + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear RxISR function pointer */ + huart->pRxBuffPtr = NULL; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Discard the received data */ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + + /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */ + huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear RxISR function pointer */ + huart->pRxBuffPtr = NULL; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */ + huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle UART interrupt request. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_UART_IRQHandler(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t isrflags = READ_REG(huart->Instance->ISR); + uint32_t cr1its = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR1); + uint32_t cr3its = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR3); + + uint32_t errorflags; + uint32_t errorcode; + + /* If no error occurs */ + errorflags = (isrflags & (uint32_t)(USART_ISR_PE | USART_ISR_FE | USART_ISR_ORE | USART_ISR_NE | USART_ISR_RTOF)); + if (errorflags == 0U) + { + /* UART in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != 0U) + && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U)) + { + if (huart->RxISR != NULL) + { + huart->RxISR(huart); + } + return; + } + } + + /* If some errors occur */ + if ((errorflags != 0U) + && (((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U) + || ((cr1its & (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RTOIE)) != 0U))) + { + /* UART parity error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_PE) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_PEIE) != 0U)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_PEF); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_PE; + } + + /* UART frame error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_FE) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_FE; + } + + /* UART noise error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_NE) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_NEF); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_NE; + } + + /* UART Over-Run interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_ORE) != 0U) + && (((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U) || + ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U))) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE; + } + + /* UART Receiver Timeout interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RTOF) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RTOIE) != 0U)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_RTOF); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_RTO; + } + + /* Call UART Error Call back function if need be ----------------------------*/ + if (huart->ErrorCode != HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* UART in mode Receiver --------------------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != 0U) + && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U)) + { + if (huart->RxISR != NULL) + { + huart->RxISR(huart); + } + } + + /* If Error is to be considered as blocking : + - Receiver Timeout error in Reception + - Overrun error in Reception + - any error occurs in DMA mode reception + */ + errorcode = huart->ErrorCode; + if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) || + ((errorcode & (HAL_UART_ERROR_RTO | HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE)) != 0U)) + { + /* Blocking error : transfer is aborted + Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process, + Disable Rx Interrupts, and disable Rx DMA request, if ongoing */ + UART_EndRxTransfer(huart); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMAAbortOnError; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered error callback*/ + huart->ErrorCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak error callback*/ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered error callback*/ + huart->ErrorCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak error callback*/ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + } + else + { + /* Non Blocking error : transfer could go on. + Error is notified to user through user error callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered error callback*/ + huart->ErrorCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak error callback*/ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + } + } + return; + + } /* End if some error occurs */ + + /* Check current reception Mode : + If Reception till IDLE event has been selected : */ + if ( (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + &&((isrflags & USART_ISR_IDLE) != 0U) + &&((cr1its & USART_ISR_IDLE) != 0U)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_IDLEF); + + /* Check if DMA mode is enabled in UART */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + /* DMA mode enabled */ + /* Check received length : If all expected data are received, do nothing, + (DMA cplt callback will be called). + Otherwise, if at least one data has already been received, IDLE event is to be notified to user */ + uint16_t nb_remaining_rx_data = (uint16_t) __HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(huart->hdmarx); + if ( (nb_remaining_rx_data > 0U) + &&(nb_remaining_rx_data < huart->RxXferSize)) + { + /* Reception is not complete */ + huart->RxXferCount = nb_remaining_rx_data; + + /* In Normal mode, end DMA xfer and HAL UART Rx process*/ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(huart->hdmarx->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC)) + { + /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by resetting the DMAR bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + + /* Last bytes received, so no need as the abort is immediate */ + (void)HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx); + } +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx Event callback*/ + huart->RxEventCallback(huart, (huart->RxXferSize - huart->RxXferCount)); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Event callback*/ + HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(huart, (huart->RxXferSize - huart->RxXferCount)); +#endif + } + return; + } + else + { + /* DMA mode not enabled */ + /* Check received length : If all expected data are received, do nothing. + Otherwise, if at least one data has already been received, IDLE event is to be notified to user */ + uint16_t nb_rx_data = huart->RxXferSize - huart->RxXferCount; + if ( (huart->RxXferCount > 0U) + &&(nb_rx_data > 0U) ) + { + /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt and RXNE interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + + /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Rx process is completed, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* Clear RxISR function pointer */ + huart->RxISR = NULL; + + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/ + huart->RxEventCallback(huart, nb_rx_data); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Event callback*/ + HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(huart, nb_rx_data); +#endif + } + return; + } + } + + /* UART wakeup from Stop mode interrupt occurred ---------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_WUF) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_WUFIE) != 0U)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_WUF); + + /* UART Rx state is not reset as a reception process might be ongoing. + If UART handle state fields need to be reset to READY, this could be done in Wakeup callback */ + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Wakeup Callback */ + huart->WakeupCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Wakeup Callback */ + HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + return; + } + + /* UART in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_TXE) != 0U) + && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXEIE) != 0U)) + { + if (huart->TxISR != NULL) + { + huart->TxISR(huart); + } + return; + } + + /* UART in mode Transmitter (transmission end) -----------------------------*/ + if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_TC) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TCIE) != 0U)) + { + UART_EndTransmit_IT(huart); + return; + } + +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART error callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART Abort Complete callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART Abort Complete callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART Abort Receive Complete callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Reception Event Callback (Rx event notification called after use of advanced reception service). + * @param huart UART handle + * @param Size Number of data available in application reception buffer (indicates a position in + * reception buffer until which, data are available) + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + UNUSED(Size); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief UART control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the UART. + (+) HAL_UART_ReceiverTimeout_Config() API allows to configure the receiver timeout value on the fly + (+) HAL_UART_EnableReceiverTimeout() API enables the receiver timeout feature + (+) HAL_UART_DisableReceiverTimeout() API disables the receiver timeout feature + (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode() API enables mute mode + (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode() API disables mute mode + (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API enters mute mode + (+) UART_SetConfig() API configures the UART peripheral + (+) UART_AdvFeatureConfig() API optionally configures the UART advanced features + (+) UART_CheckIdleState() API ensures that TEACK and/or REACK are set after initialization + (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter() API disables receiver and enables transmitter + (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver() API disables transmitter and enables receiver + (+) HAL_LIN_SendBreak() API transmits the break characters +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Update on the fly the receiver timeout value in RTOR register. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param TimeoutValue receiver timeout value in number of baud blocks. The timeout + * value must be less or equal to 0x0FFFFFFFF. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_UART_ReceiverTimeout_Config(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t TimeoutValue) +{ + if (!(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance))) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_RECEIVER_TIMEOUT_VALUE(TimeoutValue)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_RTO, TimeoutValue); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the UART receiver timeout feature. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_EnableReceiverTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + if (!(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance))) + { + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the USART RTOEN bit */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the UART receiver timeout feature. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DisableReceiverTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + if (!(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance))) + { + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Clear the USART RTOEN bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enable UART in mute mode (does not mean UART enters mute mode; + * to enter mute mode, HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API must be called). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable USART mute mode by setting the MME bit in the CR1 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_MME); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable UART mute mode (does not mean the UART actually exits mute mode + * as it may not have been in mute mode at this very moment). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable USART mute mode by clearing the MME bit in the CR1 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_MME); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enter UART mute mode (means UART actually enters mute mode). + * @note To exit from mute mode, HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode() API must be called. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_MUTE_MODE_REQUEST); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the UART transmitter and disable the UART receiver. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Clear TE and RE bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE)); + + /* Enable the USART's transmit interface by setting the TE bit in the USART CR1 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TE); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the UART receiver and disable the UART transmitter. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Clear TE and RE bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE)); + + /* Enable the USART's receive interface by setting the RE bit in the USART CR1 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Transmit break characters. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_SendBreak(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Send break characters */ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_SENDBREAK_REQUEST); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Error functions + * @brief UART Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Error functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to : + (+) Return the UART handle state. + (+) Return the UART handle error code + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the UART handle state. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_UART_StateTypeDef HAL_UART_GetState(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t temp1; + uint32_t temp2; + temp1 = huart->gState; + temp2 = huart->RxState; + + return (HAL_UART_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the UART handle error code. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART. + * @retval UART Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_UART_GetError(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + return huart->ErrorCode; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Private_Functions UART Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the callbacks to their default values. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval none + */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) +void UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Init the UART Callback settings */ + huart->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback */ + huart->TxCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */ + huart->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback */ + huart->RxCpltCallback = HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */ + huart->ErrorCallback = HAL_UART_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */ + huart->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */ + huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortTransmitCpltCallback */ + huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortReceiveCpltCallback */ + huart->WakeupCallback = HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback; /* Legacy weak WakeupCallback */ + huart->RxEventCallback = HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback; /* Legacy weak RxEventCallback */ + +} +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + +/** + * @brief Configure the UART peripheral. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_SetConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg; + uint16_t brrtemp; + UART_ClockSourceTypeDef clocksource; + uint32_t usartdiv; + HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK; + uint32_t pclk; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_BAUDRATE(huart->Init.BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); + if (UART_INSTANCE_LOWPOWER(huart)) + { + assert_param(IS_LPUART_STOPBITS(huart->Init.StopBits)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_UART_STOPBITS(huart->Init.StopBits)); + assert_param(IS_UART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE(huart->Init.OneBitSampling)); + } + + assert_param(IS_UART_PARITY(huart->Init.Parity)); + assert_param(IS_UART_MODE(huart->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_UART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl)); + assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE, RE and OVER8 bits and configure + * the UART Word Length, Parity, Mode and oversampling: + * set the M bits according to huart->Init.WordLength value + * set PCE and PS bits according to huart->Init.Parity value + * set TE and RE bits according to huart->Init.Mode value + * set OVER8 bit according to huart->Init.OverSampling value */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)huart->Init.WordLength | huart->Init.Parity | huart->Init.Mode | huart->Init.OverSampling ; + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_FIELDS, tmpreg); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure the UART Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits according + * to huart->Init.StopBits value */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_STOP, huart->Init.StopBits); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure + * - UART HardWare Flow Control: set CTSE and RTSE bits according + * to huart->Init.HwFlowCtl value + * - one-bit sampling method versus three samples' majority rule according + * to huart->Init.OneBitSampling (not applicable to LPUART) */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)huart->Init.HwFlowCtl; + + if (!(UART_INSTANCE_LOWPOWER(huart))) + { + tmpreg |= huart->Init.OneBitSampling; + } + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_FIELDS, tmpreg); + + + /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/ + UART_GETCLOCKSOURCE(huart, clocksource); + + /* Check LPUART instance */ + if (UART_INSTANCE_LOWPOWER(huart)) + { + /* Retrieve frequency clock */ + switch (clocksource) + { + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1: + pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI: + if (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIDIV) != 0U) + { + pclk = (uint32_t)(HSI_VALUE >> 2U); + } + else + { + pclk = (uint32_t) HSI_VALUE; + } + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + pclk = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE: + pclk = (uint32_t) LSE_VALUE; + break; + default: + pclk = 0U; + ret = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + /* If proper clock source reported */ + if (pclk != 0U) + { + /* No Prescaler applicable */ + /* Ensure that Frequency clock is in the range [3 * baudrate, 4096 * baudrate] */ + if ((pclk < (3U * huart->Init.BaudRate)) || + (pclk > (4096U * huart->Init.BaudRate))) + { + ret = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + usartdiv = (uint32_t)(UART_DIV_LPUART(pclk, huart->Init.BaudRate)); + if ((usartdiv >= LPUART_BRR_MIN) && (usartdiv <= LPUART_BRR_MAX)) + { + huart->Instance->BRR = usartdiv; + } + else + { + ret = HAL_ERROR; + } + } /* if ( (pclk < (3 * huart->Init.BaudRate) ) || (pclk > (4096 * huart->Init.BaudRate) )) */ + } /* if (pclk != 0) */ + } + /* Check UART Over Sampling to set Baud Rate Register */ + else if (huart->Init.OverSampling == UART_OVERSAMPLING_8) + { + switch (clocksource) + { + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1: + pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK2: + pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI: + if (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIDIV) != 0U) + { + pclk = (uint32_t)(HSI_VALUE >> 2U); + } + else + { + pclk = (uint32_t) HSI_VALUE; + } + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + pclk = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE: + pclk = (uint32_t) LSE_VALUE; + break; + default: + pclk = 0U; + ret = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + /* USARTDIV must be greater than or equal to 0d16 */ + if (pclk != 0U) + { + usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(pclk, huart->Init.BaudRate)); + if ((usartdiv >= UART_BRR_MIN) && (usartdiv <= UART_BRR_MAX)) + { + brrtemp = (uint16_t)(usartdiv & 0xFFF0U); + brrtemp |= (uint16_t)((usartdiv & (uint16_t)0x000FU) >> 1U); + huart->Instance->BRR = brrtemp; + } + else + { + ret = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + else + { + switch (clocksource) + { + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1: + pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK2: + pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI: + if (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIDIV) != 0U) + { + pclk = (uint32_t)(HSI_VALUE >> 2U); + } + else + { + pclk = (uint32_t) HSI_VALUE; + } + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + pclk = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE: + pclk = (uint32_t) LSE_VALUE; + break; + default: + pclk = 0U; + ret = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + if (pclk != 0U) + { + /* USARTDIV must be greater than or equal to 0d16 */ + usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(pclk, huart->Init.BaudRate)); + if ((usartdiv >= UART_BRR_MIN) && (usartdiv <= UART_BRR_MAX)) + { + huart->Instance->BRR = usartdiv; + } + else + { + ret = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + + + /* Clear ISR function pointers */ + huart->RxISR = NULL; + huart->TxISR = NULL; + + return ret; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the UART peripheral advanced features. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +void UART_AdvFeatureConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check whether the set of advanced features to configure is properly set */ + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_INIT(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit)); + + /* if required, configure TX pin active level inversion */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINVERT_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINV(huart->AdvancedInit.TxPinLevelInvert)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_TXINV, huart->AdvancedInit.TxPinLevelInvert); + } + + /* if required, configure RX pin active level inversion */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINVERT_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINV(huart->AdvancedInit.RxPinLevelInvert)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RXINV, huart->AdvancedInit.RxPinLevelInvert); + } + + /* if required, configure data inversion */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINVERT_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV(huart->AdvancedInit.DataInvert)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_DATAINV, huart->AdvancedInit.DataInvert); + } + + /* if required, configure RX/TX pins swap */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP(huart->AdvancedInit.Swap)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_SWAP, huart->AdvancedInit.Swap); + } + + /* if required, configure RX overrun detection disabling */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_RXOVERRUNDISABLE_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_OVERRUN(huart->AdvancedInit.OverrunDisable)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_OVRDIS, huart->AdvancedInit.OverrunDisable); + } + + /* if required, configure DMA disabling on reception error */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_DMADISABLEONERROR_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_DMAONRXERROR(huart->AdvancedInit.DMADisableonRxError)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DDRE, huart->AdvancedInit.DMADisableonRxError); + } + + /* if required, configure auto Baud rate detection scheme */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_USART_AUTOBAUDRATE_DETECTION_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE(huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ABREN, huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable); + /* set auto Baudrate detection parameters if detection is enabled */ + if (huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable == UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_ENABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATEMODE(huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateMode)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ABRMODE, huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateMode); + } + } + + /* if required, configure MSB first on communication line */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST(huart->AdvancedInit.MSBFirst)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_MSBFIRST, huart->AdvancedInit.MSBFirst); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Check the UART Idle State. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_CheckIdleState(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* Initialize the UART ErrorCode */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check if the Transmitter is enabled */ + if ((huart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_TE) == USART_CR1_TE) + { + /* Wait until TEACK flag is set */ + if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_TEACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Timeout occurred */ + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Check if the Receiver is enabled */ + if ((huart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_RE) == USART_CR1_RE) + { + /* Wait until REACK flag is set */ + if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Timeout occurred */ + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Initialize the UART State */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle UART Communication Timeout. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param Flag Specifies the UART flag to check + * @param Status Flag status (SET or RESET) + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, + uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Wait until flag is set */ + while ((__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, Flag) ? SET : RESET) == Status) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) + interrupts for the interrupt process */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + if (READ_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE) != 0U) + { + if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_RTOF) == SET) + { + /* Clear Receiver Timeout flag*/ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_RTOF); + + /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) + interrupts for the interrupt process */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_RTO; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Start Receive operation in interrupt mode. + * @note This function could be called by all HAL UART API providing reception in Interrupt mode. + * @note When calling this function, parameters validity is considered as already checked, + * i.e. Rx State, buffer address, ... + * UART Handle is assumed as Locked. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Start_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + huart->RxXferCount = Size; + huart->RxISR = NULL; + + /* Computation of UART mask to apply to RDR register */ + UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Set the Rx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_16BIT; + } + else + { + huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_8BIT; + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + /* Enable the UART Parity Error interrupt and Data Register Not Empty interrupt */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Start Receive operation in DMA mode. + * @note This function could be called by all HAL UART API providing reception in DMA mode. + * @note When calling this function, parameters validity is considered as already checked, + * i.e. Rx State, buffer address, ... + * UART Handle is assumed as Locked. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Start_Receive_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMAReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMARxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA abort callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->RDR, (uint32_t)huart->pRxBuffPtr, Size) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Set error code to DMA */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + /* Restore huart->gState to ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + /* Enable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + + /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief End ongoing Tx transfer on UART peripheral (following error detection or Transmit completion). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_EndTxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* At end of Tx process, restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; +} + + +/** + * @brief End ongoing Rx transfer on UART peripheral (following error detection or Reception completion). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_EndRxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* In case of reception waiting for IDLE event, disable also the IDLE IE interrupt source */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + } + + /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* Reset RxIsr function pointer */ + huart->RxISR = NULL; +} + + +/** + * @brief DMA UART transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent); + + /* DMA Normal mode */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC)) + { + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by resetting the DMAT bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); + } + /* DMA Circular mode */ + else + { +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Tx complete callback*/ + huart->TxCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Tx complete callback*/ + HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART transmit process half complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent); + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Tx Half complete callback*/ + huart->TxHalfCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Tx Half complete callback*/ + HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent); + + /* DMA Normal mode */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC)) + { + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by resetting the DMAR bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* If Reception till IDLE event has been selected, Disable IDLE Interrupt */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + } + } + + /* Check current reception Mode : + If Reception till IDLE event has been selected : use Rx Event callback */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx Event callback*/ + huart->RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Event callback*/ + HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + /* In other cases : use Rx Complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/ + huart->RxCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/ + HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART receive process half complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent); + + /* Check current reception Mode : + If Reception till IDLE event has been selected : use Rx Event callback */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx Event callback*/ + huart->RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize/2U); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Event callback*/ + HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize/2U); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + else + { + /* In other cases : use Rx Half Complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx Half complete callback*/ + huart->RxHalfCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Half complete callback*/ + HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART communication error callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent); + + const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef gstate = huart->gState; + const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef rxstate = huart->RxState; + + /* Stop UART DMA Tx request if ongoing */ + if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) && + (gstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)) + { + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + UART_EndTxTransfer(huart); + } + + /* Stop UART DMA Rx request if ongoing */ + if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) && + (rxstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)) + { + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + UART_EndRxTransfer(huart); + } + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered error callback*/ + huart->ErrorCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak error callback*/ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART communication abort callback, when initiated by HAL services on Error + * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure following error occurrence). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent); + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered error callback*/ + huart->ErrorCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak error callback*/ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Rx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent); + + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if (huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + if (huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + + /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort complete callback */ + huart->AbortCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + + +/** + * @brief DMA UART Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Tx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent); + + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if (huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + if (huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Discard the received data */ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + + /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort complete callback */ + huart->AbortCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + + +/** + * @brief DMA UART Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to + * HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT API (Abort only Tx transfer) + * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request, + * and leads to user Tx Abort Complete callback execution). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent); + + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + + + /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */ + huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to + * HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT API (Abort only Rx transfer) + * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request, + * and leads to user Rx Abort Complete callback execution). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Discard the received data */ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + + /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */ + huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief TX interrupt handler for 7 or 8 bits data word length . + * @note Function is called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_TxISR_8BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */ + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + if (huart->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the UART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE); + + /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); + } + else + { + huart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*huart->pTxBuffPtr & (uint8_t)0xFF); + huart->pTxBuffPtr++; + huart->TxXferCount--; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief TX interrupt handler for 9 bits data word length. + * @note Function is called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_TxISR_16BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint16_t *tmp; + + /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */ + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + if (huart->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the UART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE); + + /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); + } + else + { + tmp = (uint16_t *) huart->pTxBuffPtr; + huart->Instance->TDR = (((uint32_t)(*tmp)) & 0x01FFUL); + huart->pTxBuffPtr += 2U; + huart->TxXferCount--; + } + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Wrap up transmission in non-blocking mode. + * @param huart pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); + + /* Tx process is ended, restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Cleat TxISR function pointer */ + huart->TxISR = NULL; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Tx complete callback*/ + huart->TxCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Tx complete callback*/ + HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ +} + +/** + * @brief RX interrupt handler for 7 or 8 bits data word length . + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_RxISR_8BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint16_t uhMask = huart->Mask; + uint16_t uhdata; + + /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + uhdata = (uint16_t) READ_REG(huart->Instance->RDR); + *huart->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t)(uhdata & (uint8_t)uhMask); + huart->pRxBuffPtr++; + huart->RxXferCount--; + + if (huart->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt and RXNE interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + + /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Rx process is completed, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Clear RxISR function pointer */ + huart->RxISR = NULL; + + /* Check current reception Mode : + If Reception till IDLE event has been selected : */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + /* Disable IDLE interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx Event callback*/ + huart->RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Event callback*/ + HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#endif + } + else + { + /* Standard reception API called */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/ + huart->RxCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/ + HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + } + } + else + { + /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + } +} + +/** + * @brief RX interrupt handler for 9 bits data word length . + * @note Function is called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Receive_IT() + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_RxISR_16BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint16_t *tmp; + uint16_t uhMask = huart->Mask; + uint16_t uhdata; + + /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + uhdata = (uint16_t) READ_REG(huart->Instance->RDR); + tmp = (uint16_t *) huart->pRxBuffPtr ; + *tmp = (uint16_t)(uhdata & uhMask); + huart->pRxBuffPtr += 2U; + huart->RxXferCount--; + + if (huart->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt and RXNE interrupt*/ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + + /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Rx process is completed, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Clear RxISR function pointer */ + huart->RxISR = NULL; + + /* Check current reception Mode : + If Reception till IDLE event has been selected : */ + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + /* Disable IDLE interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx Event callback*/ + huart->RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx Event callback*/ + HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback(huart, huart->RxXferSize); +#endif + } + else + { + /* Standard reception API called */ +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/ + huart->RxCpltCallback(huart); +#else + /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/ + HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart); +#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ + } + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD; + } + } + else + { + /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + } +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_uart_ex.c b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_uart_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..085701a --- /dev/null +++ b/simonnnnn/Drivers/STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l0xx_hal_uart_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,834 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l0xx_hal_uart_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief Extended UART HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following extended + * functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (UART). + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### UART peripheral extended features ##### + ============================================================================== + + (#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure. + + (#) For the UART RS485 Driver Enable mode, initialize the UART registers + by calling the HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved.

+ * + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup UARTEx UARTEx + * @brief UART Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup UARTEx_Private_Functions UARTEx Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions UARTEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Extended Initialization and Configuration Functions + * +@verbatim +=============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy + in asynchronous mode. + (+) For the asynchronous mode the parameters below can be configured: + (++) Baud Rate + (++) Word Length + (++) Stop Bit + (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + (++) Hardware flow control + (++) Receiver/transmitter modes + (++) Over Sampling Method + (++) One-Bit Sampling Method + (+) For the asynchronous mode, the following advanced features can be configured as well: + (++) TX and/or RX pin level inversion + (++) data logical level inversion + (++) RX and TX pins swap + (++) RX overrun detection disabling + (++) DMA disabling on RX error + (++) MSB first on communication line + (++) auto Baud rate detection + [..] + The HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API follows the UART RS485 mode configuration + procedures (details for the procedures are available in reference manual). + +@endverbatim + + Depending on the frame length defined by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit, + 8-bit or 9-bit), the possible UART formats are listed in the + following table. + + Table 1. UART frame format. + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M1 bit | M0 bit | PCE bit | UART frame | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 7 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 6 bit data | PB | STB | | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the RS485 Driver enable feature according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param Polarity Select the driver enable polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref UART_DE_POLARITY_HIGH DE signal is active high + * @arg @ref UART_DE_POLARITY_LOW DE signal is active low + * @param AssertionTime Driver Enable assertion time: + * 5-bit value defining the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable) + * signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time + * units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate) + * @param DeassertionTime Driver Enable deassertion time: + * 5-bit value defining the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a + * transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal. + * It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the + * oversampling rate). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RS485Ex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Polarity, uint32_t AssertionTime, + uint32_t DeassertionTime) +{ + uint32_t temp; + + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if (huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Check the Driver Enable UART instance */ + assert_param(IS_UART_DRIVER_ENABLE_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + /* Check the Driver Enable polarity */ + assert_param(IS_UART_DE_POLARITY(Polarity)); + + /* Check the Driver Enable assertion time */ + assert_param(IS_UART_ASSERTIONTIME(AssertionTime)); + + /* Check the Driver Enable deassertion time */ + assert_param(IS_UART_DEASSERTIONTIME(DeassertionTime)); + + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + +#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) + UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart); + + if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL) + { + huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit; + } + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + huart->MspInitCallback(huart); +#else + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); +#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */ + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT) + { + UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart); + } + + /* Enable the Driver Enable mode by setting the DEM bit in the CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DEM); + + /* Set the Driver Enable polarity */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DEP, Polarity); + + /* Set the Driver Enable assertion and deassertion times */ + temp = (AssertionTime << UART_CR1_DEAT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS); + temp |= (DeassertionTime << UART_CR1_DEDT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_DEDT | USART_CR1_DEAT), temp); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief Extended functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + This subsection provides a set of Wakeup and FIFO mode related callback functions. + + (#) Wakeup from Stop mode Callback: + (+) HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief UART wakeup from Stop mode callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides the following functions: + (+) HAL_UARTEx_EnableClockStopMode() API enables the UART clock (HSI or LSE only) during stop mode + (+) HAL_UARTEx_DisableClockStopMode() API disables the above functionality + (+) HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set() API optionally sets the UART node address + detection length to more than 4 bits for multiprocessor address mark wake up. + (+) HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig() API defines the wake-up from stop mode + trigger: address match, Start Bit detection or RXNE bit status. + (+) HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode() API enables the UART to wake up the MCU from stop mode + (+) HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode() API disables the above functionality + + [..] This subsection also provides a set of additional functions providing enhanced reception + services to user. (For example, these functions allow application to handle use cases + where number of data to be received is unknown). + + (#) Compared to standard reception services which only consider number of received + data elements as reception completion criteria, these functions also consider additional events + as triggers for updating reception status to caller : + (+) Detection of inactivity period (RX line has not been active for a given period). + (++) RX inactivity detected by IDLE event, i.e. RX line has been in idle state (normally high state) + for 1 frame time, after last received byte. + (++) RX inactivity detected by RTO, i.e. line has been in idle state + for a programmable time, after last received byte. + (+) Detection that a specific character has been received. + + (#) There are two mode of transfer: + (+) Blocking mode: The reception is performed in polling mode, until either expected number of data is received, + or till IDLE event occurs. Reception is handled only during function execution. + When function exits, no data reception could occur. HAL status and number of actually received data elements, + are returned by function after finishing transfer. + (+) Non-Blocking mode: The reception is performed using Interrupts or DMA. + These API's return the HAL status. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated UART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode. + The HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback() user callback will be executed during Receive process + The HAL_UART_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a reception error is detected. + + (#) Blocking mode API: + (+) HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle() + + (#) Non-Blocking mode API with Interrupt: + (+) HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_IT() + + (#) Non-Blocking mode API with DMA: + (+) HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_DMA() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Keep UART Clock enabled when in Stop Mode. + * @note When the USART clock source is configured to be LSE or HSI, it is possible to keep enabled + * this clock during STOP mode by setting the UCESM bit in USART_CR3 control register. + * @note When LPUART is used to wakeup from stop with LSE is selected as LPUART clock source, + * and desired baud rate is 9600 baud, the bit UCESM bit in LPUART_CR3 control register must be set. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableClockStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + /* Set UCESM bit */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_UCESM); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable UART Clock when in Stop Mode. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableClockStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + /* Clear UCESM bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_UCESM); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief By default in multiprocessor mode, when the wake up method is set + * to address mark, the UART handles only 4-bit long addresses detection; + * this API allows to enable longer addresses detection (6-, 7- or 8-bit + * long). + * @note Addresses detection lengths are: 6-bit address detection in 7-bit data mode, + * 7-bit address detection in 8-bit data mode, 8-bit address detection in 9-bit data mode. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param AddressLength This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_4B 4-bit long address + * @arg @ref UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_7B 6-, 7- or 8-bit long address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t AddressLength) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if (huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the address length parameter */ + assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(AddressLength)); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the address length */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADDM7, AddressLength); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState to Ready */ + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + +/** + * @brief Set Wakeup from Stop mode interrupt flag selection. + * @note It is the application responsibility to enable the interrupt used as + * usart_wkup interrupt source before entering low-power mode. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param WakeUpSelection Address match, Start Bit detection or RXNE/RXFNE bit status. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS + * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_STARTBIT + * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_READDATA_NONEMPTY + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* check the wake-up from stop mode UART instance */ + assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + /* check the wake-up selection parameter */ + assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_SELECTION(WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the wake-up selection scheme */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_WUS, WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent); + + if (WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent == UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS) + { + UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(huart, WakeUpSelection); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait until REACK flag is set */ + if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) + { + status = HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + else + { + /* Initialize the UART State */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable UART Stop Mode. + * @note The UART is able to wake up the MCU from Stop 1 mode as long as UART clock is HSI or LSE. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + /* Set UESM bit */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UESM); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable UART Stop Mode. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + /* Clear UESM bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UESM); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode till either the expected number of data is received or an IDLE event occurs. + * @note HAL_OK is returned if reception is completed (expected number of data has been received) + * or if reception is stopped after IDLE event (less than the expected number of data has been received) + * In this case, RxLen output parameter indicates number of data available in reception buffer. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the received data is handled as a set of uint16_t. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of uint16_t available through pData. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as received data will be handled using uint16_t pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (uint8_t or uint16_t data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (uint8_t or uint16_t) to be received. + * @param RxLen Number of data elements finally received (could be lower than Size, in case reception ends on IDLE event) + * @param Timeout Timeout duration expressed in ms (covers the whole reception sequence). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint16_t *RxLen, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint8_t *pdata8bits; + uint16_t *pdata16bits; + uint16_t uhMask; + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input parameter + should be aligned on a uint16_t frontier, as data to be received from RDR will be + handled through a uint16_t cast. */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if ((((uint32_t)pData) & 1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + huart->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Computation of UART mask to apply to RDR register */ + UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(huart); + uhMask = huart->Mask; + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pRxData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + pdata8bits = NULL; + pdata16bits = (uint16_t *) pData; + } + else + { + pdata8bits = pData; + pdata16bits = NULL; + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + /* Initialize output number of received elements */ + *RxLen = 0U; + + /* as long as data have to be received */ + while (huart->RxXferCount > 0U) + { + /* Check if IDLE flag is set */ + if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_IDLE)) + { + /* Clear IDLE flag in ISR */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_IDLEF); + + /* If Set, but no data ever received, clear flag without exiting loop */ + /* If Set, and data has already been received, this means Idle Event is valid : End reception */ + if (*RxLen > 0U) + { + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } + } + + /* Check if RXNE flag is set */ + if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE)) + { + if (pdata8bits == NULL) + { + *pdata16bits = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & uhMask); + pdata16bits++; + } + else + { + *pdata8bits = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask); + pdata8bits++; + } + /* Increment number of received elements */ + *RxLen += 1U; + huart->RxXferCount--; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U)) + { + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Set number of received elements in output parameter : RxLen */ + *RxLen = huart->RxXferSize - huart->RxXferCount; + /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode till either the expected number of data is received or an IDLE event occurs. + * @note Reception is initiated by this function call. Further progress of reception is achieved thanks + * to UART interrupts raised by RXNE and IDLE events. Callback is called at end of reception indicating + * number of received data elements. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the received data is handled as a set of uint16_t. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of uint16_t available through pData. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as received data will be handled using uint16_t pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (uint8_t or uint16_t data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (uint8_t or uint16_t) to be received. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; + + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input parameter + should be aligned on a uint16_t frontier, as data to be received from RDR will be + handled through a uint16_t cast. */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if ((((uint32_t)pData) & 1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + /* Set Reception type to reception till IDLE Event*/ + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE; + + status = UART_Start_Receive_IT(huart, pData, Size); + + /* Check Rx process has been successfully started */ + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_IDLEF); + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + } + else + { + /* In case of errors already pending when reception is started, + Interrupts may have already been raised and lead to reception abortion. + (Overrun error for instance). + In such case Reception Type has been reset to HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD. */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + return status; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in DMA mode till either the expected number of data is received or an IDLE event occurs. + * @note Reception is initiated by this function call. Further progress of reception is achieved thanks + * to DMA services, transferring automatically received data elements in user reception buffer and + * calling registered callbacks at half/end of reception. UART IDLE events are also used to consider + * reception phase as ended. In all cases, callback execution will indicate number of received data elements. + * @note When the UART parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data contain + * the parity bit (MSB position). + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * the received data is handled as a set of uint16_t. In this case, Size must indicate the number + * of uint16_t available through pData. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as received data will be handled by DMA from halfword frontier). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (uint8_t or uint16_t data elements). + * @param Size Amount of data elements (uint8_t or uint16_t) to be received. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status; + + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input parameter + should be aligned on a uint16_t frontier, as data copy from RDR will be + handled by DMA from a uint16_t frontier. */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if ((((uint32_t)pData) & 1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + /* Set Reception type to reception till IDLE Event*/ + huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE; + + status = UART_Start_Receive_DMA(huart, pData, Size); + + /* Check Rx process has been successfully started */ + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_IDLEF); + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE); + } + else + { + /* In case of errors already pending when reception is started, + Interrupts may have already been raised and lead to reception abortion. + (Overrun error for instance). + In such case Reception Type has been reset to HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD. */ + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + return status; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup UARTEx_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the UART wake-up from stop mode parameters when triggered by address detection. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param WakeUpSelection UART wake up from stop mode parameters. + * @retval None + */ +static void UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection) +{ + assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(WakeUpSelection.AddressLength)); + + /* Set the USART address length */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADDM7, WakeUpSelection.AddressLength); + + /* Set the USART address node */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, ((uint32_t)WakeUpSelection.Address << UART_CR2_ADDRESS_LSB_POS)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ -- cgit v1.2.3